(COORDINATING DRAFT)
Afghanistan National Army
ANA 7-8 MTP
MISSION TRAINING PLAN
FOR THE
INFANTRY RIFLE PLATOON AND SQUAD
15 January 2006
(COORDINATING DRAFT)
First Order The ANA 7‐8 MTP Mission training plan is a tactical manual. This manual reflects military doctrine at the platoon and squad level. The officers who are responsible for education and the commanders have to use it in their teaching. ‐ Therefore take it in consideration the following issues while u are using this Manual. ‐ Mission training plans have to be adopted with the content of this manual ‐
This document is for immediate implementation for all the units and ANA training centers upon receipt. ‐
By printing of this manual all other manuals which are in conflict with this manual is rescinded. ‐
All the officers are responsible to analyze it carefully and are responsible for implementation. ‐ There is no need of bringing any changes without consulting any one. ‐ In case of need send your ideas and comments formally through G3 to GS. Chief of GS G. Besmellah Mohammadi ARMY TRANING AND
EVALUATION PROGRAM
NO. ANA 7-8-MTP
ANA 7-8-MTP
HEADQUARTERS
AFGHANISTAN NATIONAL ARMY
15 January 2006
MISSION TRAINING PLAN
FOR THE INFANTRY RIFLE PLATOON AND SQUAD
CONTENTS
Page
PREFACE....................................................................................................iii
CHAPTER 1. UNIT TRAINING
1-1. General.....................................................................................1-1
1-2. Supporting Material.................................................................1-1
1-3. Definitions...............................................................................1-1
1-4. Contents...................................................................................1-1
1-5. Operations and Tasks...............................................................1-2
1-6. Training Principles...................................................................1-2
1-7. Training Strategy......................................................................1-2
1-8. Conduct of Training.................................................................1-2
1-9. Battle Focus..............................................................................1-2
1-10. Safety......................................................................................1-3
1-11. Evaluation...............................................................................1-3
1-12. Feedback.................................................................................1-3
CHAPTER 2. TRAINING MATRIXES
2-1. General.....................................................................................2-1
2-2. Battlefield Operating Systems.................................................2-1
2-3. Training Matrix Description....................................................2-1
2-4. Training Matrix 1: Operation to Collective Task Matrix.........2-2
2-5. Training Matrix 2: Battle Drill-to-Collective Task Matrix......2-5
CHAPTER 3. OPERATION OUTLINES
3-1. General......................................................................................3-1
3-2. Conditions and Mission Statements..........................................3-1
3-3 Example Operations Outlines....................................................3-1
CHAPTER 4. TRAINING EXERCISES
4-1. General......................................................................................4-1
4-2. Situational Training Exercise....................................................4-1
i
CHAPTER 5. TRAINING AND EVALUATION OUTLINES
5-1. Table of Contents........................................................................5-1
5-2. Preface........................................................................................5-2
GLOSSARY..................................................................................................G-1
QUESTIONNAIRE.......................................................................................Q-1
ii
ANA 7-8-MTP
PREFACE
This mission training plan (MTP) provides a training program to assist leaders in training their
units. Performance measures for training may be made more difficult but may not be made easier.
This MTP contains those tasks that support the unit missions outlined in the manuals ANA 7-8 and
ANA 7-8-Drill. Unit leaders should also use their higher headquarters METL and training guidance
to identify which tasks in this MTP should be trained.
ANA 7-8-MTP
CHAPTER 1
UNIT TRAINING
1-1. GENERAL
This MTP provides the infantry platoon and squad leaders with a tactical training and evaluation
program for the platoon and squad. It also provides guidance on how to train as well as the key
operations on which to train. The training plan should also address:
a. The unit’s METL.
b. The company and battalion commanders’ training guidance and orders.
c. Training resources and areas available.
1-2. SUPPORTING MATERIAL
Platoon and squad leaders should also include the following manuals in their training program:
a. ANA 7-8 Drill. Contains the platoon and squad drills that the unit must train on.
b. ANA 7-8. Contains the base doctrine for how platoons and squads fight.
c. ANA PAM 12.5.1. The Soldier Common Task Pamphlet contains the individual soldier
tasks that all soldiers and leaders must be trained in.
1-3. DEFINITIONS
The terms mission and operation are frequently used throughout this manual. These terms must be
understood.
a. Mission is the primary task assigned to an individual, unit, or force and contains the
explanations of “who, what, when, where and the reason” (but seldom says “how” the mission is to
be accomplished).
b. An Operation is a military action or the process of conducting combat including
movement, supply, attack, defense and maneuvers needed to gain an advantage in a campaign
against the enemy. Examples of operations are attack and defend. These operations become
missions when specific information is provided. An attack operation would become a mission as
such: A Company attacks to seize Objective RED, vicinity LA045067 no later than 231200DEC06
to destroy enemy personnel and equipment.
1-4. CONTENTS
This MTP contains five chapters.
a. Chapter 1, Unit Training, explains how to use this MTP in establishing an effective
training program.
b. Chapter 2, Training Matrixes, shows the relationship between operations and collective
tasks.
c. Chapter 3, Operations Outlines, shows the relationship between operations and their
subtasks.
d. Chapter 4, Training Exercises, shows the how Field Training Exercises (FTXs) and
Situational Training Exercises (STXs) assist in training the platoon’s critical operations and tasks.
e. Chapter 5, Training and Evaluation Outlines (T&EOs), describe the standards that the
platoons and squads must master in order to perform their operations successfully. Each T&EO can
be applied to one or more operations. Selected T&EOs in combination make up the STXs and
FTXs.
1-1
1-5. OPERATIONS AND TASKS
The platoon’s wartime operations are movement to contact, attack, raid, ambush, reconnaissance
and security, and defend. Each operation includes individual, squad and platoon tasks that the
platoon must be trained in. These tasks can be found in:
a. ANA 7-8 Drill for squad and platoon tasks
b. ANA PAM 12.5.1 for individual soldier tasks.
1-6. TRAINING PRINCIPLES
a. Train as a Team. When possible, the platoon should train with other elements of the
combined arms team such as Afghan Police, engineers, artillery, etc.
b. Train as you Fight. Leaders should always strive to achieve realism in training.
Examples are training with live ammunition, training during darkness, simulating treating
causalities, simulating loss of key leaders, etc.
c. Use Hands-On training. Soldiers and units learn by doing. Classroom training is not
enough. Tasks and operations should be trained in a field setting, in as realistic conditions as
possible.
d. Challenge the Soldiers. Make training tough, realistic and physically and mentally
challenging. This builds confidence and competence in the soldiers in themselves and their leaders.
It also better prepares them for the demands and uncertainty of combat.
e. Train to Maintain. Maintenance of soldiers and their equipment must be trained along
with the operations and tasks. Maintenance of weapons, vehicles and the soldiers themselves
should be identified as training tasks in each training exercise.
f. Commanders are the Primary Trainers. Commanders and their subordinate leaders are
responsible for planning, conducting and evaluating training for their units.
1-7. TRAINING STRATEGY
The infantry platoon and squad training strategy consists of three separate training strategies.
a. Maneuver Strategy. This is the unit plan for how often the squads and platoons will train
the tasks and operations found in this MTP, usually through STXs and FTXs.
b. Gunnery Strategy. This is the unit plan for how often the squads and platoons train, via
live fire, on their individual and crew-served weapons.
c. Soldier Strategy. This is the unit plan for how often the individual soldiers are trained on
their individual tasks.
d. Crawl, Walk, Run Strategy. Like a child learns to crawl before he walks, and learns to
walk before he runs, units should insure that they can do the simple tasks correctly (to standard)
before they progress to the more difficult tasks.
1-8. CONDUCT OF TRAINING
a. The Company Commander must first determine what his company’s Mission Essential
Tasks are. He does this based upon the Battalion Commander’s mission essential tasks and training
guidance. He then assigns missions and tasks to the platoons and issues his training guidance.
b. The platoon and squad leaders prioritize the company commander’s tasks since there is
never enough time to train all tasks to standard.
c. These training tasks must then be placed on the training schedule. The platoon leader also
identifies the resources needed to support these training tasks such as land, ammunition,
transportation, etc. He provides the list of resources he needs to the company commander.
1-9. BATTLE FOCUS
Battle focus means determining peacetime training requirements from what operations the unit
expects to encounter in war time. A successful training plan must narrow the unit’s training focus to
a reduced number of vital tasks that are essential to combat mission accomplishment.
1-2
1-10. SAFETY
A well trained unit is normally accident-free, although accidents can occur through no fault of the
soldier or equipment operator. Most accidents result from inadequately trained, unsupervised or
complacent soldiers. Leaders, especially NCOs, must ensure that all soldiers comply with safety
rules and should make on-the-spot corrections when they observe unsafe acts.
1-11. EVALUATION
Evaluation of training should occur each time a unit trains. Evaluations can be internal or external.
a. Internal evaluations are those evaluations conducted by leader of the unit conducting the
training. An example is the platoon leader conducting an evaluation of his squad and his platoon
headquarters during a platoon STX.
b. External evaluations are conducted by leaders from one or two levels higher than the unit
conducting the training. An example is the battalion commander conducting an evaluation of one of
his platoons during and FTX.
1-3
ANA 7-8-MTP
CHAPTER 2
TRAINING MATRIXES
2.1. GENERAL
This chapter provides training matrixes that help the platoon leader plan the training for his platoon.
The matrixes complement battle-focused training by depicting the Collective Tasks that support the
6 Infantry Operations, movement to contact, attack, raid, ambush, reconnaissance and security, and
defend.
2-2. BATTLEFIELD OPERATING SYSTEMS
The Battlefield Operating Systems (BOS) are systems that contribute to combat power. The
T&EOs in Chapter 5 are organized by BOS. The BOS for the infantry platoon and squad are:
a. Maneuver. These collective tasks allow the platoon to move on the battlefield with fire
and achieve a position of advantage over the enemy.
b. Fire Support. These collective tasks involve the use of mortars, artillery and Close Air
Support (CAS) to support maneuver or to fix the enemy.
c. Mobility and Survivability. These collective tasks allow the platoons to overcome
obstacles such as mines, IED’s and continue their maneuver.
d. Air Defense. Omitted.
e. Combat Service Support. These collective tasks are those that deal with the platoon’s resupply, medical treatment and evacuation and other sustainment activities.
f. Command and Control. These collective tasks include what the platoon’s leadership does
to issue commands and control the fight. Tasks on the use of communications equipment is
included in this BOS.
2-3. TRAINING MATRIX DESCRIPTION
There are two matrixes in this chapter. Table 2-1 list the matrixes and their page numbers.
PAGE
Training Matrix 1: Operation-To-Collective Task Matrix..........................................2-1 to 2-4
Training Matrix 2: Battle Drill-To-Collective Task Matrix........................................
Table 2-1. Training Matrixes.
2-1
COLLECTIVE TASKS
Maneuver------------------------------
INFANTRY OPERATIONS
Movement Attack Raid Ambush Recon & Defend
To Contact
Security
X
Execute Attack
7-3/4-1100
Execute Assault
X
X
X
7-3/4-1103
Perform Movement to Contact
X
7-3/4-1101
Perform Overwatch/Support by Fire X
X
X
7-3/4-1108
Execute Disengagement
X
X
X
7-3/4-1122
Knock out a Bunker
X
X
X
7-3/4-1113
Clear a Trench Line
X
X
X
7-3/4-1114
Perform Raid
X
7-3/4-1102
Perform Anti-Armor Ambush
X
7-3/4-1143
Perform Hasty Ambush
X
X
X
X
7-3/4-1144
Perform Point Ambush
7-3/4-1145
Execute Defense
X
7-3/4-1115
Occupy Assembly Area
X
X
X
X
7-3/4-1136
Move Tactically
X
X
X
X
7-3/4-1134
Perform Actions at Danger Areas
X
X
X
X
7-3/4-1135
Perform Tactical Road March
X
X
X
X
7-3/4-1123
Perform Passage of Lines
X
X
X
X
7-3/4-1125
Clear a Building
X
X
X
7-3/4-1110
Table 2-2. Operation-to-Collective Task Matrix
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
2-2
COLLECTIVE TASKS
MANEUVER
(continued).......................................
Defend Building (MOUT)
7-3/4-1118
Perform Stay-Behind Operations
7-3/4-1116
Perform Link-Up
7-3/4-1128
Perform Infiltration/Exfiltration
7-3/4-1137
Take Action on Contact
7-3/4-1107
Break Contract
7-3/4-1111
React to Ambush
7-3/4-1112
Perform Delay
7-3/4-1119
Perform Relief Operations
7-3/4-1124
Perform Airborne Assault
7-3/4-1127
Perform Operations with Armored
Vehicles 7-3/4-1140
Perform Air Assault
7-3/4-1126
FIRE SUPPORT............................
Employ Fire Support
7-3-1200
INTELLIGENCE...........................
INFANTRY OPERATIONS
Movement Attack Raid Ambush Recon
Defend
to
&
Contact
Security
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Movement Attack Raid Ambush Recon
Defend
to
&
Contact
Security
X
X
X
X
X
X
Movement Attack Raid Ambush Recon
Defend
to
&
Contact
Security
X
Reconnoiter Zone
7-3/4-1004
Reconnoiter Area
X
X
X
X
7-3/4-1003
Reconnoiter Route
X
7-3-1005
Perform Surveillance from an
X
X
X
Observation Post 7-3/4-1008
Table 2-2. Operation-to-Collective Task Matrix (cont.)
X
2-3
COLLECTIVE TASKS
Perform a Screen
7-3-1006
MOBILITY &
SURVIVABILITY..........................
Breach an Obstacle
7-3/4-1402
Construct Obstacle
7-3-1404
Maintain Operations Security
7-3/4-1409
Establish a Roadblock/Checkpoint
7-3/4-1401
Conduct Initial Breach of a Mined
Wired Obstacle 7-3/4-1403
COMBAT SERVICE
SUPPORT..............................
Perform CSS Operations
7-3/4-1501
Process Enemy Prisoners of War/
Captured Material 7-3/4-1501
Treat & Evacuate Casualties
7-3/4-1504
COMMAND &
CONTROL......................................
X
INFANTRY OPERATIONS
X
X
X
X
X
Movement Attack Raid Ambush Recon
Defend
to
&
Contact
Security
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Movement Attack Raid Ambush Recon
Defend
to
&
Contact
Security
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Movement Attack Raid Ambush Recon
Defend
to
&
Contact
Security
X
X
X
X
X
X
Develop & Communicate a Plan
7-3/4-1605
Prepare for Combat
X
X
X
X
X
7-3/4-1606
Perform Consolidation &
X
X
X
X
X
Reorganization 7-3/4-1607
Table 2-2. Operation-to-Collective Task Matrix (cont.)
X
X
2-4
Execute Assault
7-3/4-1103
X
Perform Movement to Contact
7-3/4-1101
X
X
Breach a Mined Wire Obstacle
Enter/Clear a Trench
Enter Building/Clear Room
Knock Out Bunker
React to Ambush
X
Break Contact
X
React to Contact
MANEUVER
Execute Attack
7-3/4-1100
Conduct Squad Attack
BATTLE DRILL
Conduct Platoon Attack
COLLECTIVE TASK
X
X
X
Perform Overwatch/Support by Fire
7-3/4-1108
Execute Disengagement
7-3/4-1122
X
Knock out a Bunker
7-3/4-1113
X
Clear a Trench Line
7-3/4-1114
X
Perform Raid
7-3/4-1102
X
X
Perform Anti-Armor Ambush
7-3/4-1143
X
Perform Point Ambush
7-3/4-1145
X
Execute Defense
7-3/4-1115
X
Occupy Assembly Area
7-3/4-1136
X
X
Table 2-3. Battle Drill-to-Collective Task Matrix
2-5
Breach a Mined Wire Obstacle
MANEUVER (cont.)
Move Tactically
X
X
X
7-3/4-1134
Perform Actions at Danger Areas
X
7-3/4-1135
Perform Tactical Road March
X
X
7-3/4-1123
Perform Passage of Lines
X
7-3/4-1125
Clear Building
X
7-3/4-1110
Defend Building/MOUT
X
X
7-3/4-1118
Perform Stay-Behind Operations
X
X
X
7-3/4-1116
Perform Link Up
7-3/4-1128
Perform Infiltration/Exfiltration
X
7-3/4-1107
Take Action on Contact
X
X
X
7-3/4-1137
Break Contact
X
7-3/4-1111
React to Ambush
X
7-3/4-1112
Perform Delay
X
7-3/4-1119
Table 2-3. Battle Drill-to-Collective Task Matrix (cont.)
Enter/Clear a Trench
Enter Building/Clear Room
Knock Out Bunker
React to Ambush
Break Contact
React to Contact
Conduct Squad Attack
BATTLE DRILL
Conduct Platoon Attack
COLLECTIVE TASK
X
2-6
Enter/Clear a Trench
Breach a Mined Wire Obstacle
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Reconnoiter Zone
7-3-1004
X
X
X
Reconnoiter Area
7-3/4-1003
X
X
X
Reconnoiter Route
7-3-1005
X
X
X
React to Ambush
-
Break Contact
-
React to Contact
-
Conduct Squad Attack
-
MANEUVER (cont.)
Perform Relief Operations
7-3/4-1124
Conduct Platoon Attack
Enter Building/Clear Room
BATTLE DRILL
Knock Out Bunker
COLLECTIVE TASK
X
Perform Airborne Assault
7-3/4-1127
X
X
Perform Operations with Armored
Vehicles 7-3/4-1140
Cross Water Obstacles
7-3/4-1131
FIRE SUPPORT
X
X
X
Employ Fire Support
7-3-1200
INTELLIGENCE
Perform Surveillance from an
Observation Post 7-3/4-1008
Perform a Screen
7-3-1006
X
Table 2-3. Battle Drill-to-Collective Task Matrix (cont.)
2-7
Breach a Mined Wire Obstacle
Enter/Clear a Trench
Enter Building/Clear Room
Knock Out Bunker
React to Ambush
Break Contact
React to Contact
Conduct Squad Attack
BATTLE DRILL
Conduct Platoon Attack
COLLECTIVE TASK
MOBILITY & SURVIVABILITY
Breach an Obstacle
7-3/4-1402
Construct Obstacle
7-3-1404
Maintain Operations Security
7-3/4-1409
Establish a Roadblock/Checkpoint
7-3/4-1401
Conduct Initial Breach of a Mined
Wire Obstacle 7-3/4-1403
COMBAT SERVICE SUPPORT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Perform CSS Operations
7-3/4-1501
Process enemy Prisoners of War/
Captured Material 7-3/4-1503
Treat & Evacuate Casualties
7-3/4-1504
COMMAND & CONTROL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
X
X
X
X
X
Develop & Communicate a Plan
7-3/4-1605
Prepare for Combat
7-3/4-1606
Perform Consolidation and
Reorganization 7-3/4-1607
Table 2-3. Battle Drill-to-Collective Task Matrix (cont.)
2-8
ANA 7-8-MTP
CHAPTER 3
OPERATIONS OUTLINES
3-1. GENERAL
An operation outline is a diagram of the relationship between each operation and the subordinate
collective tasks. In turn, these operation outlines support platoon Situational Training Exercises
(STXs) for each of the six platoon wartime operations. An example of one STX and its operational
outline for support of the wartime mission, Movement to Contact, is included for reference in this
chapter. Trainers can easily convert the other five wartime operations are easily converted to STXs
using the matrixes in Chapter 2 of this manual. The matrixes provide the critical collective tasks, to
include battle drills for each of these six operations. The trainer then references the Training and
Evaluation Outlines (T&EOs) in Chapter 5 to use as evaluation tools for each collective task
selected.
3-2. CONDITIONS AND MISSION STATEMENTS
Trainers can tailor the operations outline and its supported STX by changing the conditions and
mission statements.
a. The conditions statement before each operation provides the tactical situation for the
STX. The general conditions assist the training manager in selecting tasks to support the platoon
operation to be trained.
b. The mission statement serves to provide the platoon with the who, what, where, when and
why (intent) of the operation, giving the platoon leadership the information they need to plan and
prepare for the operation.
3-3. EXAMPLE OPERATION OUTLINE, PLATOON MOVEMENT TO CONTACT
OPERATION 1: MOVEMENT TO CONTACT
a. Example Conditions Statement. Contact with the enemy has been broken. Our latest
intelligence indicates that the enemy is withdrawing to establish defensive positions and is at 6575% strength. The enemy has not had time to establish prepared defensive positions. The platoon
conducts the operation as part of a larger force. A movement to contact is initiated to regain contact,
exploit enemy weaknesses, and to prevent his reinforcement. The platoon’s task is to protect the
company from a surprise attack by providing early warning of enemy positions and obstacles. The
platoon has indirect fire support capability.
b. Example Mission Statement. 1st Platoon conducts a movement to contact along Axis
BLUE NLT 221300MAY06 to retain contact with the enemy.
3-1
c. Example STXs.
MOVEMENT TO CONTACT
STX 1.a.
STX 1.b.
Develop and Communicate a Plan Perform Tactical Road March
7-3/4-1605
7-3/4-1123
Prepare for Combat
Occupy Assembly Area
7-3/4-1606
7-3/4-1136
Move Tactically
Develop and Communicate a Plan
7-3/4-1134
7-3/4-1605
*React to Contact
Prepare for Combat
Battle Drill #2
7-3/4-1606
Perform Consolidation and
Move Tactically
Reorganization 7-3/4-1607
7-3/4-1134
* Battle Drills ANA 7-8-Drill
*React to Ambush
Battle Drill #4
Perform Consolidation and
Reorganization 7-3/4-1607
*Battle Drills ANA 7-8-Drill
3-2
ANA 7-8-MTP
CHAPTER 4
TRAINING EXERCISES
4-1. GENERAL
The platoon conducts training exercises to practice, evaluate, and sustain proficiency in individual
and collective tasks.
4-2. SITUATIONAL TRAINING EXERCISE
STXs are short, scenario-driven, mission-oriented tactical exercises that train a single collective task
(from the Training and Evaluation Outlines in Chapter 5) or a group of related battle drills and
collective tasks. The STXs provide the platoon leader a method to train his platoon using approved
tactics, techniques and procedures, but unlike a battle drill, it does not dictate the method of
execution. The STXs may be modified using METT-T. The STXs may be performed without
ammunition, with blank ammunition, by live fire, and under all weather and light conditions.
Although they are mission-oriented (based upon their higher headquarters Operations Order), an
STX does not train all the tasks required for an operation (as outlined in chapters 2 and 3). The
STXs require leader tasks such as planning, controlling, and reporting, to tie the supporting
collective tasks together. Each STX focuses on a specific mission, but does not stand alone (under
all conditions) as the only STX required for operation proficiency. To accomplish this proficiency,
several STXs with the same operation will have to be trained. This is a continuous process that must
be repeated for each operation.
a. STX Development.
(1) STXs are conducted extensively at platoon level. The trainer can select from the
example STXs shown in Chapter 3 or make his own (using the matrixes in Chapter 2 ) based on
METT-T, training needs, and commanders’ guidance.
(2) STX Plan. Each STX plan should consist of the following:
(a) Heading. The heading includes the echelon (platoon or squad) for which
the STX was prepared and the title (attack, defend, etc.) of the STX.
(b) Objective. The objective identifies who the STX is designed to train and
what operation it supports.
(c) Interface. The interface indicates those battle drills that will be trained in
the STX. They can be found in ARTEP 7-8 Drill and the operations that the battle drills support can
be found in Chapter 2.
(d) Training. The section includes:
i. Guidance on related subordinate unit leader, individual, and
collective training that the leader may wish to consider for training before the performance of the
STX.
ii. Tips that will aid the leader in preparing and conducting the STX.
iii. General and special situations (scenario) and the Fragmentary
Order (FRAGO).
(e) T&EO Sequence. This lists T&EO task title and page number (from
Chapter 5) in the chronological sequence in which they are executed in the STX.
(f) Support Requirements. This section provides a listing of items required to
conduct the exercise. Examples of requirements are number and types of equipment, number of
evaluators, number and types of Opposing Force (OPFOR), type and size of training areas, training
aids, ammunition, and rations.
4-1
HEADING
1. Objective
2. Interface
3. Training
a. Guidance
b. Tips
c. Enhancers
d. General and Special Situations. Graphic Portrayal of the STX.
4. Support Requirements
5. T&EO Sequence
Figure 4-1. Example STX Format
b. STX Training.
(1) The training should be tailored to train High Pay-Off tasks identified in the
training plan. High-Payoff tasks are those individual and leader tasks, battle drills, and other
collective tasks that support several platoon operations and will significantly improve proficiency.
(2) Before beginning platoon STX training, insure the platoon can successfully
perform all the subtasks for the T&EOs. Some of these subtasks are individual and or leader tasks.
If in doubt about the platoon’s ability to perform the subtasks, conduct individual and or battle drill
training to bring the platoon up to standard on these tasks.
(3) Conduct an AAR after each STX
4-3. SAMPLE STX PLAN, PLATOON ATTACK
1. Objective. This STX trains collective, leader, and individual tasks in the platoon’s operation,
Attack.
2. Interface. This STX is supported by the following battle drill: React to Contact.
3. Training.
a. Guidance. The trainer should review the individual, leader, and collective tasks that are
performed during the STX. Determine which tasks require initial or refresher training.
(1) Individual Training. Individual training is based on the tasks, conditions, and
standards in the ANA Common Tasks Pamphlet. Any individual training conducted to support the
STX should be hands-on and performance-oriented.
(2) Collective Training. Collective tasks that support this training are found in the
operation-to-collective task matrix in Chapter 2 for the Attack Operation.
(3) Leader Training. In addition to being trained in all the Common Tasks, the
leaders should also be proficient in the critical and leader tasks outlined in the T&EO for Attack. In
addition to the training the leaders will receive in the STX OPORD, paragraph 3, the leaders can
also be trained my the following methods:
i. Classroom discussion.
ii. Map reconnaissance that assists in terrain analysis and war-gaming.
iii. Terrain board or sand table exercises that use miniatures to gain threedimensional perspectives in war-gaming or rehearsing the exercise.
iv. Tactical Exercise Without Troops (TEWT) to allow leaders to train on the
ground, practicing land navigation movement, reporting, and other leader actions.
b. Training Tips. Tips and general instructions on how to prepare for and accomplish the
STX.
(1) Know the requirements for infiltration (FM 7-8), tactical movement (FM 7-8),
and consolidation and reorganization (FM 7-8).
4-2
(2) Conduct a leader’s reconnaissance of the training area with squad leaders to
ensure that time-consuming mistakes are not made.
(3) Review the standards of the T&EO that support this exercise.
(4) Conduct the exercise with live ammunition to enhance realism.
(5) Conduct the exercise at night as well as in the day.
(6) Crawl, Walk, Run stages of training
i. This STX should initially be trained and rehearsed slowly, on open terrain,
during good visibility, and with frequent explanations and critiques by leaders. This is the “crawl”
stage of STX training.
ii. The “walk” stage of training this STX involves conducting the training at
closer to normal rates, on more difficult terrain, and only stopping to explain or critique the training
when problems occur.
iii. The “run” stage of training is executed under conditions as close to those
expected in combat as possible.
(7) Repetition of the collective tasks in this STX can often be trained using other
operations (raid, movement to contact, etc.). If the unit is having difficulty achieving the standard
on a task that supports another operation, try another STX.
(8) Try to have an opposing force that closely replicates the enemy in size and
equipment so that they can look and fight like the enemy. The OPFOR should have at least one
evaluator or controller with them.
c. Training Enhancers. This STX requires the platoon to perform passage of lines, move
tactically, Overwatch/support by fire, knock out a bunker, and consolidate and reorganize. When
the platoon has attained “run” level proficiency for the tasks in this STX, the STX may be
conducted under limited visibility conditions.
d. General Situation. The exercise scenario is as follows:
(1) Contact with the enemy has been reestablished. Initial reports indicate that he is
at 65-70% strength and has not been reinforced. His defensive positions are not well established.
The enemy has mortars. An attack is ordered to prevent reinforcement and his establishment of an
organized defense. The platoon is acting as part of the company and has indirect fires available.
(2) This exercise begins with the receipt of a company FRAGO by the platoon and
ends after consolidation and reorganization. An AAR should be held after completing the support
by fire task and after consolidation and reorganization. A final AAR should be conducted once all
evaluation notes are compiled. If necessary, portions of the exercise should be performed until the
platoon’s performance is satisfactory. Recommended sequence:
4-3
ESTIMATED TIME **
EVENT ACTION
1
Occupy Assembly Area
1.0 hr
2
Develop and Communicate a Plan
2.0 hrs
***
Prepare for Combat
3
Perform Passage of Lines
30 min
4
Move Tactically
1.0 hr
5
React to Contact
5 min
6
Intermediate AAR
20 min
7
Move Tactically
1.0 hr
8
Perform Overwatch/Support by Fire
2.0 hrs
9
Knock out a Bunker
2.0 hr
10
Perform Consolidation and Reorganization 1.0 hr
11
Final AAR
45 min
*
Maintain Operations Security
* These tasks are integrated and evaluated throughout the exercise
** Additional time is required if portions of the exercise are conducted at night or during other
limited visibility
*** Conduct Pre-combat Checks is conducted at the same time as Develop and Communicate a
Plan
Figure 4-1. Sequence of Events and Time for Attack STX
e. Special Situation
(1) Your platoon is part of a company in a secure assembly area where the platoon
receives the FRAGO to attack.
(2) The company commander has ordered your platoon to lift your supporting fires.
A sister platoon is consolidating on the objective when it receives fire from a bunker. The company
commander orders your platoon to knock out the bunker.
4. SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS.
a. Minimum trainers/evaluators. This exercise can be conducted by the company
commander or platoon leader who will be the trainer and primary evaluator. At least one other
controller or evaluator is required with the OPFOR. Another platoon being trained or evaluated
should be used as the platoon making the main attack. This platoon will need an additional trainer
or evaluator.
b. Vehicles/communications. Those organic to the platoon. Two or three vehicles or trailers
should be in the OPFOR supply site.
c. OPFOR. OPFOR ground force should be at least a squad.
d. Maneuver Area. A training area with at least 15 by 4 kilometers for infiltration, crosscountry movement, and several locations for OPFOR supply sites with bunkers is desired.
e. Consolidated Support Requirements.
4-4
AMMUNITION
7.62 X 39
7.62 x 54
Hand grenade, body
Practice hand grenade fuse
Ground burst simulator
Grenade simulator
Smoke, High Concentrate
BASIC LOAD
60 rounds each rifle
200 rounds per machine gun
2 per rifleman
2 per rifleman
20 each exercise
20 each exercise
10 each exercise
OTHER
Rations
Water
1 per soldier
2 liters per soldier per exercise
Table 4-2. Consolidated Support Requirements for STX
5. T&EO SEQUENCE. Table 4-3 lists the T&EOs, in Chapter 5, used for evaluating this STX.
TASK/FUNCTION
TASK NUMBER
Occupy Assembly Area
7-3/4-1136
Develop and Communicate a Plan
7-3/4-1605
Prepare for Combat
7-3/4-1606
Perform Passage of Lines
7-3/4-1125
Move Tactically
7-3/4-1134
Perform Overwatch/Support by Fire
7-3/4-1108
Knock out a Bunker
7-3/4-1113
Perform Consolidation and Reorganization 7-3/4-1607
Maintain Operations Security
7-3/4-1409
Table 4-3. T&EOs used in evaluating STX
PAGE
5-67
5-227
5-237
5-86
5-71
5-18
5-27
5-242
5-193
(COORDINATING DRAFT)
ANA 7-8-MTP
CHAPTER 5
ANA INFANTRY PLATOON AND SQUAD TRAINING AND
EVALUATION OUTLINES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Preface
iv
Purpose
1
Develop Intelligence
1.
Conduct a Route Reconnaissance (07-3-2000)
3
2.
Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (07-3-2009)
8
3.
Establish an Observation Post (OP) (07-3-2018)
12
4.
Reconnoiter a Built-up Area (07-3-2036)
17
5.
Report Tactical Information (07-3-2054)
22
Deploy/Conduct Maneuver
6.
Assault a Building (07-3-1000)
24
7.
Conduct a Deliberate Attack (07-3-1009)
29
8.
Breach an Obstacle (07-3-1027)
34
9.
Conduct a Bypass (07-3-1045)
38
10. Conduct a Defense (07-3-1054)
42
11. Conduct a Delay (07-3-1063)
48
12. Conduct a Disengagement (07-3-1072)
52
13. Conduct a Link-up (07-3-1081)
55
14. Conduct a Movement to Contact (07-3-1090)
59
15. Conduct a Passage of Lines as the Passing Unit (07-3-1099)
64
16. Conduct a Passage of Lines as the Stationary Unit (07-3-1108)
69
17. Conduct a Presence Patrol (07-3-1117)
73
(COORDINATING DRAFT)
i
(COORDINATING DRAFT)
18. Conduct a Raid (07-3-1126)
77
19. Conduct a Relief in Place (07-3-1135)
82
20. Conduct a Screen (07-3-1144)
86
21. Conduct a Security Patrol (07-3-1153)
91
22. Conduct a Strongpoint Defense of a Building (07-3-1162)
95
23. Conduct a Tactical Road March (Mounted) (07-3-1180)
101
24. Conduct Actions at Danger Areas (07-3-1189)
106
25. Conduct an Ambush (07-3-1207)
110
26. Conduct an Infiltration or Exfiltration (07-3-1216)
117
27. Conduct Convoy Escort (07-3-1225)
121
28. Conduct Operations during Limited Visibility (07-3-1234)
126
29. Conduct Operations with Armored or Mechanized Vehicles in an Urban
Environment (07-3-1243)
129
30. Conduct Stay-behind Operations (07-3-1261)
132
31. Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted) (07-3-1270)
136
32. Conduct Tactical Movement in a Built-up Area (07-3-1279)
142
33. Employ Protective Obstacle(s) (07-3-1315)
146
34. Establish a Checkpoint (07-3-1324)
150
35. Perform Air Assault Operations (07-3-1369)
157
36. React to a Civil Disturbance (07-3-1396)
161
37. React to Snipers (07-3-1406)
163
38. Search a Building (07-3-1414)
167
39. Secure a Route (07-3-1423)
172
40. Take Action on Contact (07-3-1432)
176
Employ Firepower
41. Conduct Overwatch and or Support by Fire (07-3-1252)
181
42. Employ Fire Support (07-3-3009)
186
(COORDINATING DRAFT)
ii
(COORDINATING DRAFT)
Protect the Force
43. Conduct Active Air Defense Measures Against Hostile Aircraft (07-36000)
191
44. Conduct Passive Air Defense Measures (07-3-6009)
193
45. Maintain Operations Security (07-3-6027)
195
Perform CSS and Sustainment
46. Destroy Unit Vehicles and Equipment (07-3-4000)
199
47. Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (07-3-4009)
201
48. Perform Resupply Operations (07-3-4018)
204
49. Process Captured Documents and Equipment (07-3-4027)
207
50. Secure Civilians During Operations (07-3-4036)
209
51. Treat and Evacuate Casualties (07-3-4045)
212
Exercise Command and Control
52. Conduct a Rehearsal (07-3-5000)
215
53. Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (07-3-5009)
218
54. Conduct Risk Management (07-3-5027)
221
55. Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (07-3-5036)
224
56. Establish Radio Communications (07-3-5054)
227
57. Occupy an Assembly Area (07-3-5063)
229
58. Prepare for Combat (07-3-5081)
234
Questionnaire - 1
Questionnaire
Editor’s Note: We have included the US Army task numbers to assist the coalition
trainers in referencing the tasks to the US Army publications.
(COORDINATING DRAFT)
iii
(COORDINATING DRAFT)
PREFACE
This coordinating draft is published for the expressed purpose of soliciting feedback
from the Afghan National Army in the field, thereby capitalizing on the outstanding
“warfighting experience” of Soldiers, Noncommissioned Officer’s and Officers
throughout the Afghan National Army. This Coordinating Draft will serve as the
doctrinal reference for the ANA until such time as the final approved Mission Training
Plan for the Infantry Rifle Platoon and Squad is published. Suggested improvements
to this coordinating draft must be received by 15 February 2006 to be considered for
inclusion in the final approved Mission Training Plan.
(COORDINATING DRAFT)
iv
(Coordinating Draft)
PURPOSE
1. Introduction. This chapter contains the training and evaluation outlines (T&EOs) for the
ANA Infantry Platoons and Squads. Many T&EOs apply to Antiarmor, Mortar and
Reconnaissance Platoons and Squads. Not all task steps will apply in every case.
T&EOs are the foundation of the Mission Training Plan and the collective training of the
units. T&EOs are training objectives (task, conditions, and standards) for the collective
tasks which support critical wartime operations. The unit must master designated collective
tasks to perform its critical wartime operations. T&EOs may be trained separately, in a
situational training exercise (STX), in a field training exercise (FTX), or in live-fire
exercises. For collective live-fire standards, the trainer needs to refer to the applicable
gunnery manual for the appropriate course of fire. Those standards and courses of fire
need to be integrated into the training exercise.
2. Format. The T&EOs are prepared for every collective task that supports critical wartime
operation accomplishment. Each T&EO contains the following items:
a. Task. This is a description of the action to be performed by the unit, and provides the
task number.
b. Iteration. Used to identify how many times the task is performed and evaluated
during training.
c. Leader Assessment. This is used by the unit leadership to assess the proficiency of
the unit in performing the task to standard. Assessments are subjective in nature and
use all available evaluation data and submit leader input to develop an assessment of
the organization's overall capability to accomplish the task. Use the following ratings:
1) T - Trained. The unit is trained and has demonstrated its proficiency in
accomplishing the task to wartime standards.
2) P - Needs practice. The unit needs to practice the task. Performance has
demonstrated that the unit does not achieve standard without some difficulty or has
failed to perform some task steps to standard.
3) U - Untrained. The unit can not demonstrate an ability to achieve wartime
proficiency.
d. Condition. A statement of the situation or environment in which the unit is to do the
collective task.
e. Task standard.
1) The task standard states the performance criteria that a unit must achieve to
successfully execute the task. This overall standard should be the focus of training. It
should be understood by every soldier.
2) The trainer or evaluator determines the unit's training status using performance
observation measurements (where applicable) and his judgment. The unit must be
evaluated in the context of the METT-TC conditions. These conditions should be as
similar as possible for all evaluated elements. This will establish a common base line
for unit performance.
f. Task Steps and Performance Measures. This is a listing of actions that are
required to complete the task. These actions are stated in terms of observable
performance for evaluating training proficiency. The task steps are arranged
sequentially. Leader tasks within each T&EO are indicated by an asterisk (*). Under
each task step are listed the performance measures that must be accomplished to
(Coordinating Draft)
1
(Coordinating Draft)
correctly perform the task step. If the unit fails to correctly perform one of these task
steps to standard, it has failed to achieve the overall task standard.
g. GO/NO-GO column. This column is provided for annotating the platoon's
performance of the task steps. Evaluate each performance measure for a task step and
place an "X" in the appropriate column. A major portion of the performance measures
must be marked a "GO" for the task step to be successfully performed.
h. Task performance/evaluation summary block. This block provides the trainer a
means of recording the total number of task steps and performance measures
evaluated and those evaluated as "GO". It also provides the evaluator a means to rate
the units demonstrated performance as a "GO" or "NO-GO". It also provides the leader
with a historical record for five training iterations.
i. Supporting Individual Tasks. This is a listing of all supporting individual tasks
required to correctly perform the task. Listed are the tasks number, and task title.
j. Supporting Collective Tasks. This is a listing of all supporting collective tasks
required to correctly perform the task. Listed are the tasks number, and task title.
3. Use. The T&EOs can be used to train or evaluate a single task. Several T&EOs can be
used to train or evaluate a group of tasks such as an STX or FTX.
(Coordinating Draft)
2
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Route Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (073-2000)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a route
reconnaissance to obtain detailed information about the route and all adjacent terrain. The
start point (SP), release point (RP), platoon boundaries, phase lines (PLs), lines of
departure (LDs), and a limit of advance (LOA) or recon objective are specified. All
necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has communications with
higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on
the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this
task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the route reconnaissance in accordance with
(IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. All specified information is collected and reported to higher headquarters as
required. The platoon completes the reconnaissance without being detected. The platoon
complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader determines the requirements for the reconnaissance.
a. Verifies requirements with the company commander and battalion staff
as necessary.
* 4. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies tentative rally points, contact points, checkpoints, and
phase lines as required.
(2) Identifies tentative support by fire and assault positions, if
applicable.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Marks tentative dismount points on maps if appropriate.
(5) Designates boundaries, a line of departure (LD), and a limit of
advance (LOA).
(6) Places contact points at the intersections of phase lines and
boundaries and any other places he wants physical contact and
coordination between his recon sections.
b. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
(Coordinating Draft)
3
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
compensate for combat losses.
c. Coordinates with the units patrolling in the adjacent areas.
d. Coordinates indirect fires to support the platoon's scheme of maneuver.
e. Selects a mounted or dismounted reconnaissance based on factors of
mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time available, and civil considerations
(METT-TC).
f. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 5. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions including ROE and or ROI.
6. Platoon rehearses.
* 7. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
8. Platoon moves tactically to the LD.
a. Uses different covered and concealed routes.
b. Maintains security during movement.
c. Deploys sections abreast across the LD.
9. Platoon moves along the route.
a. Uses the formation specified in the order or as specified by platoon
leader.
b. Uses the appropriate technique of movement, adjusting the technique
as required by factors of METT-TC.
(1) Traveling overwatch when enemy contact is possible.
(2) Bounding overwatch, ensuring all elements bound within teams,
when enemy contact is expected.
10. Platoon conducts the reconnaissance.
a. Determines trafficability of the route.
(1) Identifies the available space in which a force can maneuver
without being forced to bunch up due to obstacles (reported in
meters). The size of trees and the density of forests are reported due
to the effect on vehicle movement.
b. Reconnoiters terrain that dominates the route.
c. Reconnoiters all lateral routes.
d. Identifies aspects of adjacent terrain from both the friendly and enemy
points of view.
e. Reconnoiters all built up areas along the route.
(1) Locates a bypass around built up areas, obstacles, restrictions,
and contaminated areas.
f. Inspects and classifies all bridges on the route, within their capability.
g. Reconnoiters all defiles along the route.
h. Locates minefields and other obstacles along the route
(Coordinating Draft)
4
(Coordinating Draft)
i. Locates fords or crossing sites near all bridges on the route.
(1) Landing zones and pickup zones.
(2) Locations along the route that provide good cover and
concealment.
(3) Observation and fields of fire along the route and adjacent
terrain.
j. Reconnoiters intersecting routes beyond direct fire range.
k. Determines road width of constrictions (bridges, tunnels, and so forth)
with width and lengths of the traveled ways in meters.
(1) Underpass limitations with limiting heights and widths in meters.
(2) Bridge bypasses classified as easy, difficult, or impossible.
(3) Civil or military road numbers or other designations.
(4) Locations of fords, ferries, and tunnels, including limiting
information.
11. Reconnaissance and security elements conduct withdrawal and
disseminate information.
a. Secure enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
b. Evacuate casualties.
c. Return to the ORP or to a rally point.
d. Consolidate and reorganize as necessary.
e. Consolidate gathered information.
f. Report information of immediate effect to higher headquarters.
g. Provide gathered information to designated recorder(s).
h. Disseminate gathered information to all platoon members through the
squad leaders at the ORP, or moves to another position at least one
terrain feature away to disseminate information.
12. Platoon moves tactically to the designated debriefing site.
a. Processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
*13. Platoon leader submits the route reconnaissance overlay.
a. Includes required information.
(1) Two grid references.
(2) Magnetic north arrow.
(3) Route drawn to scale.
(4) Title block.
(5) Route classification formula.
b. Includes additional information as directed.
(1) All restrictions to the traffic flow, to include bypass capability and
classification for all restrictive passages.
(Coordinating Draft)
5
(Coordinating Draft)
(2) Road curves having a radius less than 45 meters.
(3) Steep grades with their maximum gradients.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
061-283-1002 Locate A Target By Grid Coordinates
071-326-0501 Move As A Member Of A Fire Team
071-326-0510 React To Indirect Fire While Dismounted
071-326-0515 Select A Movement Route Using A Map
071-326-5605 Control Movement Of A Fire Team
071-326-5611 Conduct The Maneuver Of A Squad
071-329-1001 Identify Terrain Features On A Map
071-329-1002 Determine The Grid Coordinates Of A Point On A Military Map
071-329-1003 Determine A Magnetic Azimuth Using A Lensatic Compass
071-329-1005 Determine A Location On The Ground By Terrain Association
071-329-1006 Navigate From One Point On The Ground To Another Point While
Dismounted
071-329-1009 Convert Azimuths
071-329-1011 Orient A Map Using A Lensatic Compass
071-329-1012 Orient A Map To The Ground By Map-Terrain Association
071-329-1015 Locate An Unknown Point On A Map And On The Ground By Resection
071-331-0815 Practice Noise, Light, And Litter Discipline
071-331-0820 Analyze Terrain
071-410-0010 Conduct A Leader's Reconnaissance
071-420-0005 Conduct The Maneuver Of A Platoon
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-1099 Conduct a Passage of Lines as the Passing Unit
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
(Coordinating Draft)
6
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-5000
07-3-5009
07-3-5027
07-3-5036
07-3-5063
07-3-5081
07-3-6027
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Occupy an Assembly Area (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
7
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-2009)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct an area
or zone reconnaissance to obtain detailed information about the specified location and
surrounding area. Coordinates for the designated area or zone and the start time are
provided. Enemy contact is likely. All necessary personnel and equipment are available.
The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The
platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of
interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational
environment. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility
conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the area reconnaissance in accordance with
(IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. All specified information is collected and reported to higher headquarters as
required. The platoon leader selects a mounted or dismounted reconnaissance based on
factors of mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time available, and civil considerations (METTTC). The platoon reconnoiters all specified terrain within the area or zone. The platoon
completes the reconnaissance without being detected. The platoon complies with the ROE
and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader determines the requirements for the reconnaissance.
a. Verifies requirements with the company commander and battalion staff
as necessary.
* 4. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies tentative objective rally points (ORPs), reconnaissance
routes, rally points, contact points, and phase lines as required.
(2) Identifies tentative support by fire and assault positions, if
applicable.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Identifies routes to and from the ORP and objective as
appropriate.
(5) Marks tentative dismount points on maps if appropriate.
(Coordinating Draft)
8
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
(6) Encloses the specified area within a platoon zone.
(a) Designates boundaries, a line of departure (LD), and a limit
of advance (LOA).
(7) Places contact points at the intersections of phase lines and
boundaries and any other places he wants physical contact and
coordination between his recon sections.
b. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
* 5. Platoon leader coordinates with the units patrolling in the adjacent areas.
* 6. Platoon leader coordinates indirect fires to support the platoon's scheme of
maneuver.
* 7. Platoon leader addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 8. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions including ROE and or ROI.
9. Platoon rehearses.
*10. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
11. Platoon moves tactically to the LD.
a. Uses different covered and concealed routes to and from the area or
zone.
b. Maintains security during movement.
c. Deploys sections abreast across the LD.
12. Platoon moves tactically from the line of departure (LD) to the ORP.
13. Platoon conducts reconnaissance of and occupies the ORP.
a. Establishes and maintains security at the ORP.
(1) Positions other security teams as required on likely enemy
avenues of approach into the objective area.
14. Platoon conducts an AREA reconnaissance from the ORP.
a. Recons the objective.
(1) Issues a contingency plan before departing the ORP.
(2) Pinpoints the objective.
(3) Locates observation or surveillance positions, routes, and
security positions.
(4) Determines or confirms the enemy situation in the objective area.
(5) Locates enemy observation posts (OPs).
(6) Determines enemy security status and activity.
(7) Designates the release point and the positions for the
reconnaissance and security elements.
b. Platoon conducts actions at the objective.
(1) Uses surveillance or vantage points.
(Coordinating Draft)
9
(Coordinating Draft)
(2) Maintains communications with the platoon throughout the
reconnaissance.
(3) Selects one of the following reconnaissance techniques based
on factors of METT-TC.
(a) Conducts reconnaissance by short-range observation and
surveillance.
(b) Conducts reconnaissance by long range observation and
surveillance.
15. Platoon conducts a ZONE reconnaissance from the ORP.
a. Uses the designated method along routes.
(1) Fan method.
(2) Converging routes method.
(3) Successive sectors method.
b. Maintains communications with the platoon throughout the
reconnaissance.
c. Gathers all information based on priority intelligence requirements (PIR)
IAW the OPORD.
d. Continues until all assigned areas are reconnoitered.
16. Reconnaissance and security elements conduct withdrawal and
disseminate information.
a. Secure enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
b. Evacuate casualties.
c. Return to the ORP or to a rally point.
d. Consolidate and reorganize as necessary.
e. Consolidate gathered information.
f. Provide gathered information to designated recorder(s).
g. Disseminate gathered information to all platoon members through the
squad leaders at the ORP, or moves to another position at least one
terrain feature away to disseminate information.
h. Report information of immediate effect to higher headquarters.
17. Platoon reports to the designated debriefing area.
a. Generates reconnaissance reports or overlays.
b. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
10
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
071-326-0501 Move as a Member of a Fire Team
071-326-0510 React to Indirect Fire While Dismounted
071-326-5605 Control Movement of a Fire Team
071-326-5611 Conduct the Maneuver of a Squad
071-326-5775 Coordinate with an Adjacent Platoon
071-331-0804 Perform Surveillance Without the Aid of Electronic Devices
071-331-0820 Analyze Terrain
071-410-0010 Conduct a Leader's Reconnaissance
071-410-0019 Control Organic Fires
071-720-0015 Conduct an Area Reconnaissance by a Platoon
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-1099 Conduct a Passage of Lines as the Passing Unit
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2018 Establish an Observation Post (OP) (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5081 Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
11
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Establish an Observation Post (OP) (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-2018)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and is required
to or decides to establish a permanent or temporary observation post(s) (OP) to monitor a
specific area, point, or activity. The OP is established at the location and time specified if
directed by higher. All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has
communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been
provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI).
Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some
iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon establishes and begins operation of the observation
post(s) (OP) in accordance with (IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the
order, and or commander's guidance. The platoon selects the site that provides cover and
concealment, determines the area to be observed, establishes communications,
determines manning requirements, and provides all around security. The platoon detects
and reports all activity specified in the order. The platoon complies with the ROE, mission
instructions, higher headquarters and other special orders.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Note: If an OP is established in a stability environment, the same planning is
required. However, they are normally overt and deliberately constructed.
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies tentative OP locations.
(2) Identifies tentative security and support by fire as appropriate.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Identifies routes to and from OP.
(5) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Determines appropriate manning level for either continuous or periodic
operation.
c. Determines number of areas requiring observation (day and night).
d. Identifies required report formats.
e. Identifies special equipment requirements for the OP(s) based on
(Coordinating Draft)
12
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
mission requirements.
f. Plans for continuous communications between OPs.
g. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support, if
available.
h. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
i. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
j. Develops a priority of work for the OP.
(1) Calculates the amount of time soldiers can maintain vigilant
observation before effectiveness is impaired by fatigue.
k. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
l. Coordinates details of quick response force (QRF) employment with the
QRF commander, if applicable. At a minimum the platoon leader:
(1) Confirms QRF radio frequency(ies), call sign(s), and recognition
signals.
(2) Identifies QRF linkup points for each OP.
(3) Confirms linkup procedures.
(4) Confirms battle hand over procedures.
(5) Confirms procedures for transfer of information.
m. Ensures OP personnel have the following equipment, supplies and
information:
(1) Observation equipment to include binoculars.
(2) Camera, if appropriate
(3) Map, compass and protractor.
(4) Communications equipment.
(5) Construction equipment, if required and available.
(6) Power generation equipment for illumination and communications
equipment, if necessary.
(7) Barrier material.
(8) Early warning pyrotechnics.
(9) Ensures OP personnel understand required report formats.
(10) TSOP or TSOP extract that delineates responsibilities.
n. Issues reports, overlays, and other pertinent information to each squad
to keep them aware of the situation.
* 4. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
5. Platoon conducts rehearsals with emphasis on the following:
a. Rehearses movement to OP site.
b. Rehearses occupying an OP site.
(Coordinating Draft)
13
(Coordinating Draft)
c. Rehearses relief/shift change.
d. Rehearses evacuation of the OP under attack.
e. Rehearses casualty evacuation.
f. Rehearses actions on contact.
g. Rehearses QRF linkup.
* 6. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
7. Platoon moves to and conducts a hasty occupation of the OP.
a. Conducts movement to the general location of the OP site.
b. Enters designated area in a visible and unprovocative manner, taking
no action that can be interpreted as partial to any faction.
c. Reconnoiters the OP site.
(1) Establishes all around security.
(2) Moves forward with designated personnel to check the OP site
for mines, booby traps, and or hostile or civilian personnel.
(3) Ensures sites provide unobstructed observation of the designated
area specified in the operations order.
(4) Selects positions for infantry squads/individuals.
(5) Selects positions for vehicles (either at the OP site or in a
concealed position in close proximity to the OP site), if applicable.
(6) Verifies and updates intelligence information.
d. Conducts hasty occupation of OP.
e. Establishes communications with company command post (CP),
platoon CP, and QRF as appropriate.
f. Issues updated reports, overlays, and other pertinent information.
g. Maintains an overwatch/support element that will not become decisively
engaged in a confrontation between personnel at the OP site and the
observed element.
h. Reports OP establishment to higher headquarters IAW ROE, mission
instructions, higher headquarters order, other special orders, or TSOP.
8. Platoon constructs the OP.
a. Constructs fighting positions.
b. Constructs shelter/command bunker.
c. Constructs observation tower (if required).
d. Positions field expedient platoon early warning sensors (if required).
e. Emplaces fence/concertina wire around the OP.
f. Selects and constructs fuel and or ammunition storage area location
(includes pre-detonation screen).
g. Constructs dump site (if trash and waste are not evacuated).
(Coordinating Draft)
14
(Coordinating Draft)
h. Constructs mess tent, sleep tent, and latrine areas as appropriate
i. Marks and clears helipad, if required.
j. Improves position as time permits.
Note: Construction may not be required for hasty OPs established for limited
duration to observe a specific event(s).
* 9. Platoon leader and or platoon sergeant (PSG) organizes operations.
a. Designates shift leader, observer(s), recorder, and communications
monitor.
b. Rotates observers to ensure observers remain alert.
c. Directs local security.
d. Provides for routine duties (maintenance, cooking, facility improvement,
etc.) in shift rotation scheme.
e. Designates shift duration to provide sufficient rest for observers.
f. Monitors shift changes.
(1) Ensures incoming shift demonstrates understanding of the
mission and specific instructions.
(2) Ensures that equipment is in operating condition and that spare
parts and batteries are on hand IAW the unit's SOP.
(3) Verifies OP logbook for accuracy.
(4) Exchanges information between outgoing shift leader and
incoming shift leader on past activities and areas requiring continued
observation.
(5) Verifies accountability and functionality of all equipment.
(6) Conducts radio and telephone operation checks.
10. Platoon conducts OP operations.
a. Maintains continuous communications with higher headquarters, QRF,
and other OP(s).
b. Employs minimum force necessary within ROE, mission instructions,
higher headquarters order, and other special orders to accomplish its
mission.
c. Requests QRF, if required.
d. Employs the QRF as part of the platoon or responds to orders of QRF
commander, depending on decision of the company commander.
e. Maintains observation of assigned sector.
f. Identifies activity in sector.
g. Maintains local security.
h. Reports activity IAW ROE, ROI, mission Instructions, higher
headquarters order, and TSOP.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
15
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security
07-3-1252 Conduct Overwatch and or Support by Fire
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management
07-3-5054 Establish Radio Communications
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security
(Coordinating Draft)
16
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Reconnoiter a Built-up Area (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-2036)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and receives
an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to reconnoiter a built-up area.
Primary intelligence requirements (PIR), information requirements (IR), special information
requirements (SIR), and reporting instructions are provided. All necessary personnel and
equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and
subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of
engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants
may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be
conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon reconnoiters the built-up area in accordance with tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance. All
specified information is collected and reported to higher headquarters as required. The
platoon leader selects a mounted or dismounted reconnaissance based on factors of
mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time available, and civil considerations (METT-TC). The
platoon reconnoiters all specified terrain within the built-up area. The platoon completes
the reconnaissance without being detected. The platoon complies with the ROE and or
ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader determines the requirements for the reconnaissance.
a. Verifies requirements with the company commander and battalion staff
as necessary.
* 4. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts METT-TC analysis.
(1) Determines if reconnaissance effort is subterranean.
b. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies start point, rally points, reconnaissance routes, and
phase lines as required.
(2) Identifies security positions, if applicable.
(3) Identifies the best approach route into and exit route out of the
urban area.
(4) Identifies surveillance positions within the urban area
(5) Identifies key terrain.
(Coordinating Draft)
17
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
(6) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(7) Identifies potential safe havens for enemy forces, such as
hospitals.
(8) Identifies hazardous and or danger areas, such as intersections.
(9) Identifies major and or key terrain features, such as bridges.
(10) Identifies routes to and from rally points as appropriate.
(11) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
(12) Designates boundaries and a line of departure (LD).
(13) Places contact points at the intersections of phase lines and
boundaries and any other places he wants physical contact and
coordination between his recon sections.
c. Selects appropriate platoon organization, if not specified in the OPORD
or FRAGO.
d. Develops a sketch of the urban area showing the objective area and
areas of concern.
e. Plans for redundant communications that will allow the platoon freedom
of movement.
f. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 5. Platoon leader coordinates with elements patrolling in adjacent areas.
* 6. Platoon leader coordinates indirect fires to support the platoon's scheme of
maneuver.
* 7. Platoon leader selects a mounted or dismounted reconnaissance based on
METT-TC factors.
* 8. Platoon leader issues reports, overlays, sketch of urban area, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them aware of the situation.
* 9. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions including ROE and or ROI.
10. Platoon rehearses.
*11. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
12. Platoon moves to start point and crosses line of departure at the designated
time and conducts tactical movement to designated rally point vicinity the builtup area.
a. Maintains security during movement.
b. Halts mounted movement and dismounts far enough away from the
built-up area so as not to alert an enemy force of its presence, if
applicable.
(1) Clears the area forward to establish visual contact with the builtup area from a distance as far away as practical.
(a) Once secured, mounted elements are brought forward and
occupy concealed positions to observe and cover dismounted
operations.
(Coordinating Draft)
18
(Coordinating Draft)
13. Platoon visually reconnoiters built-up area from maximum practical range
for evidence of enemy forces (movement, antennas, fortification, rubble, etc.)
a. Views the objective from several different positions, if possible, to
provide maximum coverage.
14. Platoon conducts the reconnaissance. (See "Conduct Area or Zone
Reconnaissance [Platoon/Squad]" for additional information on conducting a
reconnaissance.)
a. Conducts reconnaissance MOUNTED, if applicable.
(1) Secures external equipment and weapons high enough on the
vehicle to prevent locals from trying to snatch it or them.
(2) Uses different entry and exit routes.
(3) Uses moderate speeds (15 to 20 miles per hour).
(4) Lead vehicle stops only to investigate those areas that pose a
potential threat to the platoon.
(5) Dismounts soldiers to provide security, when vehicles are
required to stop.
(6) Ensures mutual support and depth by maintaining constant
observation among vehicles.
(7) Maintains all-round security.
(8) Maintains communications between mounted and dismounted
elements.
(9) Adjusts patrol routes and speed to promote deception and avoid
repetitive patterns.
(10) Moves through the built-up area undetected by enemy forces.
(11) Collects intelligence information IAW the OPORD and or
commander's guidance.
b. Conducts reconnaissance DISMOUNTED.
(1) Positions vehicles to provide security for dismounted elements, if
applicable.
(2) Moves in traveling overwatch to provide security and observes for
signs of activity (rubble, spent shell casings, building damage, etc.)
while collecting required intelligence and information.
(3) Clears into the built-up area under cover of platoon vehicles, if
applicable, using avenues that provide the best cover and
concealment. Stealth is required to avoid detection and compromise
of the mission.
(4) Moves through the built-up area undetected by enemy forces.
(5) Maintains communications between elements.
(6) Collects intelligence information IAW the OPORD and or
commander's guidance.
15. Platoon conducts subterranean reconnaissance.
(Coordinating Draft)
19
(Coordinating Draft)
a. Team leader supervises reconnaissance.
(1) Determines and or briefs recognition signals to prevent fratricide.
(2) Organizes patrol to accomplish the mission and provide security.
(a) Point man enters the subterranean area 10 minutes before
the rest of the team follows to determine whether the air is safe
to breathe and if movement is restricted.
(3) Point man moves in front of team leader at a distance that attains
necessary security. (METT-TC dependent).
(a) Other team members maintain five-meter intervals.
(4) Navigates and records data through the passage.
(5) Posts two soldiers at the point of entry as security. (Call security
forward as necessary to post them at subsequent locations).
Note: If we call initial security forward to use them at subsequent locations (for
example, a "fork" in the underground pipeline), on our way out we post rear
security until we reach our initial point of entry.
(6) Assigns personnel to carry special equipment and or tools, such
as a tool to open manhole covers.
( a) Notes the azimuth and pace count of each turn he takes in
the tunnel.
(7) Maintains communications between mounted and dismounted
elements.
(8) Collects intelligence information IAW the OPORD and or
commander's guidance.
16. Platoon leader submits situation reports (SITREPs) to higher headquarters
as necessary.
17. Designated personnel complete the following.
a. Secure enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
b. Evacuate casualties.
18. Platoon withdraws to a designated rally point or area.
a. Consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
b. Consolidates gathered information.
c. Provides gathered information to designated recorder(s).
d. Disseminates gathered information to all platoon members as
necessary.
e. Reports information of immediate effect to higher headquarters.
19. Platoon moves to the designated debriefing area.
a. Generates digital and or conventional reconnaissance reports and or
overlays.
b. Processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
(Coordinating Draft)
20
(Coordinating Draft)
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-1189 Conduct Actions at Danger Areas (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon)
07-3-1279 Conduct Tactical Movement in a Built-up Area
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1396 React to a Civil Disturbance (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5081 Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
21
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (073-2054)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a mission
at the location and time specified. The platoon is required to report tactical information
such as priority intelligence requirements (PIR) or platoon status. All necessary personnel
and equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and
subordinate elements. Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the
operational environment.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon reports tactical information in accordance with (IAW)
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance.
The platoon reports tactical information using secure means and the proper format.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader submits reports using FM or other tactical means.
a. Consolidates and submits spot reports to higher headquarters using the
acronym "SALUTE". (size, activity, location, unit and or uniform, time, and
equipment).
(1) Reports size: The number of personnel and equipment.
(2) Reports activity: What the enemy is doing or the absence of
enemy.
(3) Reports location: Grid coordinates and direction and speed of
movement (if moving).
(4) Reports unit: As shown by patches, signs, markings, or uniforms.
(5) Reports time: When the activity was observed.
(6) Reports equipment: Describes or identifies all equipment.
b. Reports using the most secure means available.
c. Submits a situation report (SITREP) or other command required report
IAW the OPORD, the TSOP, or guidance from higher headquarters.
d. Sends reports using no more than two transmissions.
3. Platoon updates reports as the situation changes.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
22
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
071-326-0511 React to Flares
071-326-5705 Establish an Observation Post
071-326-5775 Coordinate with an Adjacent Platoon
071-329-1000 Identify Topographic Symbols on a Military Map
071-329-1003 Determine a Magnetic Azimuth Using a Lensatic Compass
071-329-1012 Orient a Map to the Ground by Map-Terrain Association
071-331-0801 Challenge Persons Entering Your Area
071-331-0804 Perform Surveillance Without the Aid of Electronic Devices
071-331-0820 Analyze Terrain
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-5054 Establish Radio Communications (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
23
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Assault a Building (Infantry Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1000)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force in an urban
environment and has received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order
(FRAGO) to assault and clear a building. The building has two levels and contains a
squad-sized enemy element. All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The
platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon
has been provided guidance on the Rules of Engagement (ROE) and or Rules of
Interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational
environment. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility
conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon assaults and clears the building in accordance with (IAW)
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance.
The platoon kills, captures, or forces the withdrawal of all enemy forces in the building. The
platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon in enough time for squad leaders to have maximum
planning time.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies tentative rally points as required.
(2) Identifies objective rally point (ORP).
(3) Identifies tentative support by fire and assault positions.
(4) Identifies likely avenues of approach for enemy reinforcing
elements.
(5) Identifies routes to and from the objective.
(6) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Evaluates the situation, including the following factors:
(1) Building types (including layout and construction materials).
(2) Subterranean entry and exit points and avenues of approach.
(3) Requirements for special equipment and or materials.
c. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support, if
available.
d. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
(Coordinating Draft)
24
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
e. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
(1) Designates the support element.
(2) Designates the breach element.
(3) Designates the assault element.
f. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 4. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 5. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
6. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 7. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
8. Platoon moves tactically to ORP, if used.
a. Secure and occupy ORP.
* 9. Platoon leader and reconnaissance element conducts the reconnaissance
based on mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time available, and civil
considerations (METT-TC).
a. Verifies routes to assault, support, and security positions.
b. Observes the target, and verifies and updates intelligence information.
c. Selects assault, support, and security positions.
d. Leaves security to observe building/objective.
e. Returns to ORP or other platoon position.
*10. Platoon leader adjust the plan based on updated intelligence and
reconnaissance effort.
*11. Platoon leader updates the enemy situation.
*12. Platoon leader disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information.
*13. Platoon sergeant (PSG) and or squad leader employs the support element
and indirect fires to isolate the building and overwatch the breach and assault
elements during movement to the objective.
a. Employs available weapons in support by fire (SBF) positions to
destroy or suppress any known enemy positions.
b. Employs indirect fires and or smoke to suppress, obscure, or destroy
enemy elements.
c. Employs available weapons to observe identified subterranean entry
and exit points.
d. Employs available assets to breach walls and or obstacles.
14. Breach element conducts tactical movement from dismount point to the
objective.
a. Initiates movement after enemy defensive positions are suppressed,
(Coordinating Draft)
25
(Coordinating Draft)
obscured, or destroyed.
b. Uses covered and concealed routes that do not mask friendly
suppressive fires.
c. Crosses open areas rapidly using concealment of smoke and
suppression of enemy targets by the support element.
15. Assault element conducts tactical movement from the dismount point to the
objective.
a. Trails the breach element IAW mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time
available and civilian considerations (METT-TC).
b. Provides additional security and or support (if needed) to the breach
element.
c. Engages enemy forces with appropriate weapon systems to destroy or
force withdrawal of sniper teams, antiarmor teams, and armor vehicles
within sector.
d. Maintains 360 degree security.
e. Monitors and controls the flow of battle to prevent potential fratricide
situations.
*16. PSG or weapons squad leader employs direct and indirect fires to
overwatch and protect the breach and assault elements during the clearance of
the building.
17. Breach element enters the building.
a. Enters the building at the designated entry point.
b. Secures and maintains a foothold for the assault element.
c. Provides additional support for the assault element.
18. Assault element enters and clears the building.
a. Clears the building and or rooms IAW TSOP.
(1) Clearing team(s) clears the building room by room.
(a) Takes up positions inside the room that allows the element
to completely dominate the room and eliminate the threat.
(b) Engages targets as they move to their designated points of
domination.
(c) Ensures points of domination are not in front of doors and
windows.
(d) Observes the ceiling, the floor, and the walls for mouse
holes and loopholes.
(e) Exercises fire control and discriminate direct fires.
(f) Marks the building IAW unit TSOP to designate a cleared
building.
(2) Clearing team(s) or designated personnel from the assault
element clear a staircase, if required
(a) Ensures 360 degree and three dimensional security is
(Coordinating Draft)
26
(Coordinating Draft)
maintained in the immediate vicinity of the staircase.
(b) Locates, marks, bypass, and or clears obstacles and or
booby traps blocking access to the staircase.
(c) Moves up the stairs using the fire team or buddy team flow.
(d) Secures each landing before continuing up or down
additional flights.
Note: Leaders should consider the use of "Soft Rounds" while clearing
staircases. These rounds will penetrate human bodies/walls and then stop
either in the body or in the wall thus preventing the possibility of fratricide or
injury to noncombatants. To prevent the possibility of fratricide or injury to
noncombatants, soldiers should consider the use of nonlethal stun grenades.
b. Reports clearance to the platoon leader.
c. Continues operations IAW platoon leader's intent.
*19. Platoon leader keeps the company commander informed throughout the
operation.
a. Sends updated SITREPs as necessary during the operation.
b. Positions personnel to cover enemy routes of counterattack and
infiltration into the building.
c. Reports the completion of clearance of the building.
d. Redistributes ammunition and requests resupply, as required.
20. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
21. Platoon secures and evacuates enemy prisoners of war (EPWs) and
noncombatants as necessary.
22. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
23. Platoon processes any captured documents and or equipment.
24. Platoon leader reports platoon status to the higher headquarters.
25. Platoon continues operations.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
(Coordinating Draft)
27
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1027 Breach an Obstacle (Infantry Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1189 Conduct Actions at Danger Areas (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon)
07-3-1252 Conduct Overwatch and or Support by Fire (Antiarmor/Infantry
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1279 Conduct Tactical Movement in a Built-up Area
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5081 Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
28
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Deliberate Attack (Infantry Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1009)
ITERATION
LEADER ASSESSMENT
1 2 3
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a
deliberate attack as a supporting attack for the company or against a separate objective.
The platoon is located in an assembly area. The platoon will provide its own security. All
necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has communications with
higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on
the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this
task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the deliberate attack in accordance with (IAW)
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance.
The platoon moves tactically to assault, support, or breach positions using the appropriate
formation and technique. The platoon suppresses enemy forces on or near the objective
and assaults the objective to destroy, capture, or forces the enemy to withdraw IAW the
commander's intent. The company complies with the ROE.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leaders gain and or maintain situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader issues warning order (WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts analysis based on factors of mission, enemy, troops, terrain,
time available, and civil considerations (METT-TC).
b. Conducts map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies tentative objective rally point (ORP) if used.
(2) Identifies tentative security, support by fire, and assault positions.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Identifies routes to and from the ORP (if used) and objective.
(5) Marks tentative dismount and or remount points on maps as
appropriate.
c. Plans, integrates, and coordinates direct fire support, indirect fire
support, and or close air support (CAS) to achieve one or more of the
following operational goals.
(1) Plans to suppress enemy antitank or other weapon systems that
inhibit movement.
(2) Plans to fix or neutralize bypassed enemy elements.
(3) Plans to prepare enemy positions for an assault. (Preparatory
fires are normally used during a deliberate attack, with fires placed
(Coordinating Draft)
29
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
on key targets before the assault begins. Fires are initiated on call or
at a prearranged time. The platoon leader must weigh the benefits of
preparatory fires against the potential loss of surprise.)
(4) Plans to obscure enemy observation or screen friendly
maneuver. (The platoon can take advantage of smoke in various
maneuver situations, such as during a bypass or in deception
operations.)
(5) Plans to support breaching operations. (Fires can be used to
obscure or suppress enemy elements that are overwatching
reinforcing obstacles. They can also obscure or suppress enemy
forces on an objective area during the conduct of an assault breach.)
(6) Plans to illuminate enemy positions. (Illumination fires are always
included in contingency plans for night attacks.)
(7) Plans the employment of weapons systems IAW doctrine.
d. Plans fire support for each phase of the operation.
e. Plans and coordinates combat service support (CSS) to assist
maneuver elements in maintaining the momentum of the attack.
(1) Plans for the increased consumption of Class III and Class V
supplies.
(2) Plans for casualty evacuation.
(3) Plans for increased equipment maintenance requirements.
(4) Plans to position CSS assets as far forward as possible.
f. Develops control measures for movement and fire support.
g. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
h. Task-organizes the platoon into a support, assault, and breach element
as required
i. Develops and issues a reconnaissance and surveillance (R&S) plan.
4. Platoon begins necessary movement.
5. Platoon leader conducts a leader's reconnaissance.
a. Pinpoints the objective.
b. Establishes security at the objective.
c. Selects security, support, and assault positions.
d. Determines the enemy's size, location, disposition, and most probable
course of action on the objective.
e. Determines where the enemy is most vulnerable to attack and where
the support element can best place fires on the objective.
f. Determines whether to conduct the assault mounted or dismounted, if
applicable.
g. Verifies and updates intelligence information.
h. Leaves a surveillance team to observe the objective.
(Coordinating Draft)
30
(Coordinating Draft)
i. Returns to the platoon position.
* 6. Platoon leader adjust the plan based on updated intelligence and
reconnaissance effort.
* 7. Platoon leader disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information.
8. Platoon prepares for attack.
a. Issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
b. Conducts a rehearsal.
c. Completes final inspections.
9. Platoon issues FRAGOs as necessary to address changes to the plan
identified during the rehearsal.
10. Platoon executes the attack.
a. Moves to the line of departure (LD) using a technique and formation
based on the factors of METT-TC. (May be done under the supervision of
the platoon sergeant while the platoon leader is forward conducting a
leader's reconnaissance.)
b. Navigates from checkpoint to checkpoint or phase line by using basic
land navigation skills supplemented by precision navigation.
c. Moves from the LD to support positions, assault positions, or breach or
bypass sites.
Note: If undetected, platoon may halt in the assault position to complete final
preparations for the assault. If detected, platoon does not halt in the assault
position unless it is absolutely necessary to ensure synchronization of all
friendly forces.
(1) Moves using the designated and or appropriate technique.
(2) Uses cover and concealment.
(3) Communicates primarily by FM radio and signals during
movement.
(4) Uses smoke and supporting fire if detected.
d. Conducts the assault DISMOUNTED. (Can be a light infantry platoon or
mechanized infantry platoon using dismounted elements to assault).
(1) Does not stop after moving forward of the assault position.
(2) Controls supporting fires to prevent fratricide.
(3) Shifts or lifts fires or displaces weapons systems to positions
where continuous fire can be maintained.
e. Isolates the objective.
(1) Prevents the enemy from reinforcing the objective and prevents
enemy forces on the objective from leaving.
(2) Places suppressive fires on the most dangerous enemy
positions.
(3) Shift fires of self defense weapons to allow the breach element to
(Coordinating Draft)
31
(Coordinating Draft)
penetrate the objective.
(4) Maintains visual observation of suppressive fires just forward of
the breach and assault elements.
(5) Positions or repositions weapons systems to provide continual
suppressive fire to aid the actions of the assault element as it moves
across the objective.
(6) Uses FM radio or visual signals to communicate with the breach
and assault element or both.
f. Conducts initial breach of obstacles if required.
g. Assaults the objective.
(1) Uses vehicles to provide supporting fires if available.
(2) Moves onto the objective by conducting fire and movement.
(3) Uses indirect fires to isolate portions of the objective area to
obscure enemy element and or to screen the movement of the
assault element.
(4) Ensures bypassed enemy cannot place effective fires on platoon
elements.
(5) Destroys enemy forces, captures enemy forces, and or forces
their withdrawal from the objective area IAW the commander's intent.
h. Occupies designated defensible positions as necessary.
(1) Assaults through the objective to occupy defensible terrain
beyond the objective, if the objective is not defensible.
(2) Prepares for a counterattack.
11. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
12. Platoon conducts consolidation and reorganization.
a. Maintains all around security to prevent and or defend against an
enemy counterattack.
b. Reestablishes the chain of command.
c. Remans key weapons.
d. Redistributes ammunition and equipment.
e. Clears the objective of casualties and enemy prisoners of war (EPW).
13. Platoon leader assesses and reports the situation to higher headquarters.
a. Compiles subordinate element leader situation reports (SITREPs).
b. Assesses and reports the status of personnel, ammunition, supplies,
and essential equipment.
14. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
15. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
16. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
32
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1459 Take Action on Contact (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5063 Occupy an Assembly Area (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5081 Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
33
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Breach an Obstacle (Infantry Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1027)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and
encounters an obstacle. All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The
platoon has indirect fire support available. The platoon has communications with higher,
adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules
of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this
task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon reports the obstacle to higher headquarters. The platoon
decides to bypass or breach the obstacle based on commander's intent, mission, situation,
and assets available. If the decision is to breach, the platoon breaches the obstacle using
the fundamentals of suppress, obscure, secure, reduce, and assault (SOSRA). The
platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
2. Platoon determines nature of enemy obstacle including size, location,
composition, and other factors.
* 3. Platoon leader or designated representative reports obstacle to higher
headquarters.
* 4. Platoon leader decides to bypass or breach the obstacle based on the
commander's intent and or guidance, mission, situation, and assets available.
* 5. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Coordinates indirect fire support if available.
b. Coordinates smoke if required for obscuration.
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
d. Identifies dismount point(s) if applicable.
e. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission.
f. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
g. Develops a course of action (COA) for a bypass. (See platoon task "
Conduct a Bypass".)
h. Develops a COA for a breach using suppress, observe, secure, reduce,
and assault (SOSRA).
(1) Considers suppress.
(a) Identifies the support element's axis of advance to support
by fire (SBF) positions.
(Coordinating Draft)
34
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
(b) Establishes SBF positions that will allow the support
element to fire simultaneously from different directions.
(c) Establishes target reference points (TRPs) to control the
support and breach elements' direct fires.
(d) Plans essential indirect fire targets to assist in suppressing
the enemy.
(e) Develops a plan for lifting and shifting fires.
(2) Considers obscure.
(a) Determines the location of smoke targets.
(b) Identifies terrain features that mask the platoon's point of
breach and limit the number of enemy forces that can
effectively observe and fire on the breach element.
(c) Considers conducting the breach during limited visibility
conditions, such as fog or darkness.
(d) Determines smoke requirements.
(3) Considers secure.
(a) Plans direct fire control measures as necessary.
(b) Uses terrain and the positioning of near-side and far-side
security support by fire positions near the point of breach to
facilitate the survivability of the breach element.
(c) Plans local security at the breach site to suppress
overwatching enemy forces that are close to the obstacle.
(4) Considers reduce.
(a) Identifies primary and alternate reduction technique, such
as explosive, mechanical, electronic, and manual.
(b) Determines tentative location of lane(s) and the separation
between the lanes, if applicable.
(c) Identifies tentative positions and routes for the breach
element as it maneuvers toward the obstacle.
(5) Considers assault.
(a) Develops objectives for the assault element.
(b) Identifies positions to be occupied by the assault element to
facilitate passage of follow on elements.
(c) Plans direct and indirect fire control measures that support
the seizure of the far-side objective(s).
* 6. Platoon leader request additional resources based on the factors of METTTC.
* 7. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable) and overlays to each
subordinate element to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 8. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to facilitate the
accomplishment of his mission.
(Coordinating Draft)
35
(Coordinating Draft)
9. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
*10. Platoon leader issues a FRAGO, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
11. Platoon executes the bypass. (See platoon task "Conduct a Bypass".)
12. Platoon executes the breach.
a. Positions support, security, and assault elements.
(1) Moves along covered and concealed routes using appropriate
movement technique and formation based on the terrain and enemy
position.
b. Facilitates the breach.
(1) Suppresses enemy elements capable of placing direct fires on
the point of breach.
(2) Suppresses enemy elements capable of placing direct fires on
the assault element.
(3) Calls for and adjust indirect fires, including obscuration.
(4) Fixes enemy elements that are capable of repositioning.
c. Conducts the breach.
(1) Reduces lane(s) in the obstacle.
(2) Provides local security (far-side and near-side).
(3) Provides additional suppression of enemy elements overwatching
the obstacle.
(4) Marks the location of created lane(s).
(5) Reports the location of created lanes.
(6) Assists the passage of the assault force through created lane(s).
d. Assaults through the obstacle.
(1) Seizes the far-side objective if required.
(2) Reduces protective obstacles if required.
(3) Prevents enemy direct fire from interfering with follow on
elements as they pass through the lane(s).
(4) Provides clear routes to the battle handover line (BHL) for follow
on elements if applicable.
(5) Conducts battle handover with follow on forces if applicable.
*13. Platoon leader reports completion of the bypass or breach to higher
headquarters.
14. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
15. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) if applicable.
16. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties as required.
17. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment if applicable.
18. Platoon continues operations as ordered.
(Coordinating Draft)
36
(Coordinating Draft)
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
052-192-1021 Locate Mines By Visual Means
Engage Targets With An RPK Automatic Rifle
Load A PKM Light Machine Gun
Engage Targets With A PKM Light Machine Gun
Perform A Function Check On A GP-30 Grenade Launcher
Correct Malfunctions Of A GP-30 Grenade Launcher
Engage Targets With A GP-30 Grenade Launcher
Load An RPK Automatic Rifle
071-326-0501 Move As A Member Of A Fire Team
071-326-0512 Estimate Range
071-410-0020 Plan For Use Of Supporting Fires
071-420-0005 Conduct The Maneuver Of A Platoon
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
37
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Bypass (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1045)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has been
ordered to bypass an obstacle, position, or enemy force to maintain the momentum of
advance. The platoon is to avoid becoming decisively engaged. All necessary personnel
and equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and
subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of
engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants
may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be
conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the bypass in accordance with (IAW) the
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), and or guidance from higher headquarters.
The platoon conducts the bypass without being detected, without being delayed by the
obstacle, or without becoming decisively engaged by the enemy force. The platoon
complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
2. Platoon encounters obstacle, position, or enemy force that it must attempt to
bypass.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies bypass route(s).
(2) Identifies tentative security and support by fire positions.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
c. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
(1) Designates a fixing force to maintain contact with the enemy and
assist the remainder of the platoon during the bypass.
d. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 4. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 5. Platoon leader conducts reconnaissance.
a. Determines nature of enemy or obstacle contact, including size,
location, composition, and other factors.
b. Identifies bypass route that affords adequate cover and concealment
(Coordinating Draft)
38
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
and or intervening distance, preventing the enemy from effectively
obstructing and or firing on the platoon.
c. Plans additional security measures, such as employment of screening
or obscuring smoke.
d. Ensures bypass affords routes away from enemy positions, obstacles,
and kill sacks.
e. Ensures that terrain along the bypass will support the maneuver of
platoon and follow-on force.
Note: If the platoon does not locate a suitable bypass, the platoon leader sends
a situation report (SITREP) to the company commander and prepares the
platoon to take actions as directed.
f. Adjusts the plan based on updated intelligence and reconnaissance
effort.
g. Disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon conducts a rehearsal, time and situation permitting.
8. Platoon conducts tactical movement or maneuver along the route or axis,
focusing on the following considerations:
a. Uses appropriate movement technique and formation.
b. Maintains proper weapons orientation to ensure 360-degree security.
c. Identifies and reacts to enemy forces along the route.
(1) Executes appropriate drill.
(2) Completes the following as necessary:
(a) Calls for and adjusts indirect fire and smoke to screen
movement past the enemy position.
(b) Reports the size and the location of the enemy to the
company commander, and the platoon continues the mission.
e. Avoids detection and or delay, if possible.
f. Avoids decisive engagement.
g. Marks bypass as required.
Note: Fixing element normally hands the enemy over to a supporting force(if
applicable), breaks contact, and rejoins the platoon.
9. Platoon initiates the following when it can not bypass an enemy force.
a. Establishes a base of fire to suppress the enemy and prevent him from
repositioning any part of his force for use elsewhere.
(1) Vehicles seek covered positions and the infantry squad
dismounts, if applicable.
(2) Suppresses the enemy using direct fire.
b. Calls for and adjusts indirect fires to suppress the enemy.
(Coordinating Draft)
39
(Coordinating Draft)
c. Employs or calls for obscuring or screening smoke to facilitate the
maneuver of the rest of the platoon.
d. Maneuvers, as necessary, to prevent becoming decisively engaged
IAW the OPORD.
10. After completion of the bypass, the platoon takes appropriate actions.
a. Consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
b. Reports completion and location of the bypass route to the company
commander and adjacent platoon(s).
c. Secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
d. Treats and evacuates casualties.
11. Platoon continues operations as directed.
12. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
052-192-1021 Locate Mines By Visual Means
071-326-5606 Select an Overwatch Position
071-420-0005 Conduct the Maneuver of a Platoon
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1207 Conduct a Withdrawal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-1459 Take Action on Contact (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1072 Conduct a Disengagement (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2000 Conduct a Route Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
40
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-5036
07-3-6027
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
41
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Defense (Infantry Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1054)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to defend. The
defense can be from a battle position (BP), perimeter, sector, reverse slope, or strong
point. (Engineer support is available for a strong point defense.) Time is available for a
deliberate occupation of defensive position(s). All necessary personnel and equipment are
available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate
elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE)
and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in
the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during
limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon defends in accordance with tactical standing operating
procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance. The platoon orients on the
designated portion of the engagement area or sector of fire and maintains security. The
platoon destroys or defeats the enemy force within its area. The platoon complies with the
ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(2) Identifies the enemy scheme of maneuver using intelligence
products.
(3) Determines where to kill the enemy.
(4) Identifies tentative locations for weapons systems.
(5) Identifies tentative primary, alternate, and supplemental mounted
and dismounted defensive positions, as applicable.
(6) Identifies tentative target reference points (TRPs) for each
defensive position.
(7) Identities tentative observation post (OP) positions.
(8) Identifies tentative dismount/remount points, if applicable.
b. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support
(CAS), if CAS is available.
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
(Coordinating Draft)
42
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
d. Develops an integrated obstacle plan.
e. Designates defensive fire control measures.
f. Develops disengagement criteria.
g. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
h. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 4. Platoon leader or designated representative conducts coordination with
adjacent unit as required.
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 6. Platoon leader briefs platoon scheme of maneuver, to include trigger
points, break points, disengagement criteria, and remount points (if applicable).
* 7. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
8. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 9. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
10. Platoon starts movement to a tactical assembly area or designated area
short of the defensive position(s).
a. Uses appropriate formation and or technique based on mission, enemy,
terrain, troops, time available, and civil considerations (METT-TC) factors.
b. Moves on covered and concealed routes.
c. Maintains security during movement.
d. Secures designated area.
*11. Platoon leader and reconnaissance element conducts the reconnaissance
based on METT-TC factors.
a. Pinpoints the defensive position(s).
b. Ensures positions are free of enemy, mines, and obstacles.
c. Positions security elements.
d. Determines and confirms the engagement area (where he plans to kill
the enemy).
e. Drives or walks the engagement area to confirm the selected positions.
f. Selects primary, alternate, and supplementary fighting positions
(mounted and dismounted) to achieve the desired effect for each TRP.
g. Assigns squad sectors and observation posts (OP) locations. (OPs
have wire communications, if available.)
h. Designates the location for the platoon command post (CP).
i. Identifies dead space between platoons.
(1) Determines how it is to be covered.
j. Selects weapons positions to cover likely avenues of approach.
(1) Ensures squad leaders position weapons systems so the
(Coordinating Draft)
43
(Coordinating Draft)
required number of weapons, vehicles (if applicable), and squads
can effectively cover TRPs.
k. Selects covered and concealed routes between primary, alternate, and
supplementary defensive position(s).
l. Confirms tentative dismount/remount points, if applicable.
m. Verifies and updates intelligence information.
n. Leaves a surveillance team to observe the defensive position(s), if
required.
o. Returns to the platoon location.
*12. Platoon leader adjust the plan based on updated intelligence and
reconnaissance effort.
*13. Platoon leader updates the enemy situation.
*14. Platoon leader disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information.
15. Platoon moves tactically to assigned defensive positions.
a. Uses covered and concealed routes.
b. Enforces camouflage, noise, light, and litter discipline.
c. Maintains security during movement.
d. Constructs/establishes/occupies primary defensive positions IAW
TSOP and or as directed.
e. Maintains security (to include OPs, hasty perimeter, or security patrols).
f. Assigns sectors of fire, engagement priorities, and other fire control
measures.
g. Positions weapons systems so the required number of weapons,
vehicles, and squads can effectively cover each TRP.
h. Ensures the platoon is tied in with the unit on its right and left.
i. Emplaces Claymore mines and other protective obstacles as required.
(1) Identifies dead space and requirements to refine the location of
the obstacle group and fire control measures.
(2) Ensures obstacles are covered by direct or indirect fire and under
friendly observation.
(3) Ensure obstacles are concealed from enemy observation as
much as possible.
(4) Ensure obstacles are employed in depth.
(5) Ensure obstacles are tied in with existing obstacles, if possible.
j. Reconnoiters in front of the position to become familiar with the terrain
and locate dead space.
k. Clears fields of fire.
16. Platoon improves fighting positions.
a. Adjusts primary fighting positions as necessary to cover the sector of
(Coordinating Draft)
44
(Coordinating Draft)
fire/engagement area identified by the platoon leader.
b. Establishes alternate and supplemental defensive positions IAW TSOP
and or as directed.
c. Completes sector sketch cards and forwards a copy to the platoon
leader.
(1) Plots grid lines.
(2) Records individual and or vehicle positions.
(3) Records platoon sector or engagement area.
(4) Records TRPs (including location, range, and coverage
responsibilities).
(5) Records range lines, trigger points, break points, and other key
terrain features (these may coincide).
(6) Records locations of observation posts (OP) and obstacles and
designates coverage responsibilities.
(7) Records dead space and covers with indirect fire targets.
(8) Records indirect fire targets, including final protective fires (FPF),
if allocated.
(9) Records appropriate marginal information, including (as required)
engagement criteria, effective range of available weapon systems,
fire pattern, and disengagement criteria.
*17. Platoon leader consolidates sketch cards and finalizes the platoon fire
plan.
*18. As time permits, platoon leader directs additional steps to improve
positions IAW deliberate occupation of a battle position (BP).
a. Digs firing positions.
b. Establishes communications.
c. Emplaces camouflage, alarms, and decoys.
d. Pre stocks ammunition and supplies.
e. Performs weapon maintenance and prepare to fire checks.
*19. Platoon leader adjusts readiness condition (REDCON) status IAW METTTC, OPORD/FRAGO, and TSOP.
a. Assesses readiness requirements based on tactical situation and
METTTC.
b. Directs platoon to assume appropriate REDCON level.
20. Platoon conducts the defense.
a. Scans sector of responsibility.
b. Reports to commander and takes one of the following actions IAW the
commander’s intent and or OPORD/FRAGO.
c. Engages enemy forces using direct fires until enemy is destroyed or an
order to cease fire is received.
(Coordinating Draft)
45
(Coordinating Draft)
d. Displaces as required.
21. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
22. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
23. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
24. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
25. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1252 Conduct Overwatch and or Support by Fire (Antiarmor/Infantry
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1315 Employ Protective Obstacle(s) (Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2018 Establish an Observation Post (OP) (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5063 Occupy an Assembly Area (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5081 Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
46
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-6027
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
47
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Delay (Infantry Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1063)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to delay the enemy
for a specific time. The enemy can attack by air, indirect fire, and ground (mounted or
dismounted). All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has
communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been
provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI).
Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some
iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the delay in accordance with (IAW) tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance. The
platoon occupies initial delay positions, forces the enemy to slow his advance, complies
with all control measures, and disengages from the enemy as directed. The platoon does
not become decisively engaged. The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies initial and subsequent delay positions.
(2) Identifies general routes between delay positions.
(3) Identifies tentative, security, support by fire, and assault
positions, if required.
(4) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(5) Identifies evacuation routes.
(6) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support, if
available.
(1) Incorporates the company fire plan in his plan.
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
d. Plans for possible offensive operations.
e. Develops disengagement criteria.
f. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
(Coordinating Draft)
48
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
g. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 4. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 5. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
6. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 7. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
8. Platoon prepares for the delay.
a. Conducts a reconnaissance and marks general routes between delay
positions.
(1) Selects security, support, and assault positions, if required.
(2) Leaves security at initial delay positions.
(3) Verifies and updates intelligence information.
b. Prepares and marks routes and subsequent positions.
c. Constructs a series of alternate fighting positions.
d. Prestocks supplies, fuel, and ammunition in designated positions.
e. Constructs obstacles.
f. Evacuates all unneeded personnel, supplies, and equipment according
to company instructions.
g. Destroys unneeded supplies and equipment that cannot be evacuated.
9. Platoon conducts the delay.
a. Occupies initial delay positions IAW the OPORD and or guidance from
higher headquarters.
b. Forces the enemy to slow his advance by forcing him to repeatedly
deploy for the attack.
c. Employs one or more of the following:
(1) Ambushes.
(2) Snipers.
(3) Obstacles.
(4) Minefields (to include phony minefields).
(5) Direct and indirect fires.
d. Complies with all control measures and time constraints specified in the
OPORD.
e. Implements the fire support plan.
Note: The company commander may direct the platoons to attack or assault as
apart of a company counterattack, based on battalion orders, the battalion
commander's intent, and the current situation.
10. Platoon does not become decisively engaged.
a. Disengages from the enemy and withdraws to new positions prior to
(Coordinating Draft)
49
(Coordinating Draft)
enemy assault.
OR
b. Continues delaying action until reaching its final battle position or the
mission is altered by higher headquarters.
c. Reports to higher headquarters as required.
11. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
12. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
13. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
14. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
15. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
052-192-1021 Locate Mines By Visual Means
052-193-1003 Prime Explosives Nonelectrically
061-283-1004 Locate A Target By Shift From A Known Point
Load A PKM Light Machine Gun
071-025-0010 Prepare A Range Card For A PKM Light Machine Gun
071-052-0003 Construct A Fighting Position For An SPG Recoilless Rifle
Perform A Function Check On An AK-47 Rifle
Load An AK-47 Rifle
Perform A Function Check On A GP-30 Grenade Launcher
Load A GP-30 Grenade Launcher
Load An RPK Automatic Rifle
071-312-4032 Prepare A Range Card For An RPK Automatic Rifle
071-317-0000 Prepare An Antiarmor Range Card
Prepare An SPG Recoilless Rifle For Firing
Perform Misfire Procedures On An SPG Recoilless Rifle
071-317-3324 Select A Fighting Position For An SPG Recoilless Rifle
071-326-0501 Move As A Member Of A Fire Team
071-326-0511 React To Flares
071-326-0512 Estimate Range
071-326-0550 Prepare Positions For Individual And Crew-Served Weapons During
MOUT
071-326-5505 Issue An Oral Operation Order
(Coordinating Draft)
50
(Coordinating Draft)
071-326-5605
071-326-5606
071-326-5770
071-326-5775
071-331-0804
071-410-0010
071-410-0019
071-410-0020
071-420-0005
113-600-2007
Control Movement Of A Fire Team
Select An Overwatch Position
Prepare A Platoon Sector Sketch
Coordinate With An Adjacent Platoon
Perform Surveillance Without The Aid Of Electronic Devices
Conduct A Leader's Reconnaissance
Control Organic Fires
Plan For Use Of Supporting Fires
Conduct The Maneuver Of A Platoon
Operate Telephone Set TA-312/PT
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1315 Employ Protective Obstacle(s) (Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
51
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Disengagement (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1072)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD)/fragmentary order (FRAGO) directing it to
disengage and withdraw immediately from the enemy and reposition for another mission.
The withdrawal may or may not be conducted under enemy pressure. Indirect fire support
is available. The platoon is directed to designate a detachment left in contact (DLIC). All
necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has communications with
higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on
the Rules of Engagement (ROE) and or Rules of Interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this
task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the withdrawal in accordance with (IAW)
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance.
The platoon disengages and moves to a designated location where the enemy cannot
observe or engage it with direct fire. The platoon leader designates a DLIC. The platoon
complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Makes an estimate of the situation and prepares a contingency plan to
disengage.
b. Indicates the method of disengagement.
(1) Disengages gradually by thinning of lines (used when enemy
pressure is close and heavy).
(2) Disengages by sections/fire teams (when enemy pressure is so
light thinning the lines is not necessary).
(3) Disengages by squads (when enemy pressure is so light that
disengaging by sections/teams is not required).
c. Determines the route(s) to be used during the disengagement, if time
allows.
d. Designates a remount point, if applicable.
e. Coordinates with adjacent platoons, if necessary.
4. Platoon leader notifies higher headquarters of intentions.
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
(Coordinating Draft)
52
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon disengages.
a. Performs fire and movement to the rear
(1) Soldiers, fire teams, or squads not in contact or least heavily
engaged withdraw first to provide overwatch of elements more
heavily engaged.
(a) A base of fire is formed to cover squads moving away from
the enemy.
(2) Each soldier, team, or squad withdraws to the rear, in turn,
providing cover for the other elements.
Note: Once the platoon is disengaged, it moves as directed by the company
commander.
c. Repeats fire and movement until contact with the enemy is broken, the
platoons pass through a higher level base-of-fire force, or the platoons are
in position to resume their defense. (Squads get to their next position and
provide a base of fire to cover the rearward movement of forward squads.)
d. Makes maximum use of the terrain to cover rearward movement.
(1) Squads back out of position and move, keeping a terrain feature
between them and the enemy. (Mounted or dismounted.)
* 8. Platoon leader completes disengagement actions.
a. Sends situation report (SITREP) to the company commander indicating
size, composition, and disposition of remaining enemy forces, if
applicable.
9. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
10. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
11. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
12. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
13. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
(Coordinating Draft)
53
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2000 Conduct a Route Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
54
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Link-up (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1081)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a linkup
at the location and time specified. All necessary personnel and equipment are available.
The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The
platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of
interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational
environment. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility
conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the linkup in accordance with (IAW) tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance. The
platoon conducts necessary coordination, confirms command relationship with the linkup
element, moves tactically to the linkup site, and establishes communications with the
linkup element short of the linkup site. The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies primary and alternate linkup sites.
(2) Identifies near and far rally point(s).
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenue(s) of approach.
(4) Identifies routes to and from linkup site and rally point.
(5) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Develops a scheme of maneuver and control measures (contact points,
checkpoints, phase lines, routes, and zones of actions).
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
d. Develops a fire support plan.
(1) Coordinates indirect fire support.
e. Determines visual, and or voice recognition signals (far and near).
f. Develops and or determines control measures.
g. Determines frequencies, call signs, codes and code words.
h. Determines command relationship with the linkup unit.
i. Develops contingency plans for -(Coordinating Draft)
55
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
(1) Enemy contact before, during, or after linkup.
(2) How long to wait at the linkup site.
(3) What to do when some elements do not arrive at the linkup site.
(4) Alternate linkup points and rally points.
j. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
* 4. Platoon leader conducts a reconnaissance of the route and site, if possible.
* 5. Platoon leader or designated representative coordinates with the linkup
element.
a. Exchanges frequencies, call signs, codes and or code words.
b. Confirms visual signals and alternatives (near and far recognition
signals).
c. Exchanges fire coordination/control measures (for example, restrictive
fire line).
d. Confirms command relationship with the linkup unit. (Who is in charge if
the enemy attacks during linkup?) (Who is in charge after linkup?)
* 6. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 7. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
8. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 9. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
10. Each linkup element moves to a point short of the linkup point and
establishes a rally point.
Note: The linkup rally point should be a safe distance from the linkup point
(about 300 meters) and should provide cover and concealment.
a. Moves tactically to the linkup rally point.
b. Reports its en route location to higher headquarters and other linkup
element (if using radio communications) using phase lines, checkpoints,
or other control measures.
c. Establishes local security at the rally point.
*11. Elements conduct linkup.
a. Conduct the following (FIRST platoon/element to arrive at the linkup
point).
(1) Sends a security team forward to confirm the exact location of the
linkup point (may be mounted or dismounted and may include the
platoon leader).
(a) Clears the immediate area around the linkup point.
(b) Marks the linkup point with the coordinated recognition
signal.
(c) Positions security team in covered and concealed positions
(Coordinating Draft)
56
(Coordinating Draft)
that over watch the linkup point.
(d) Returns to the linkup rally point and brings the platoon
forward to the linkup point (if the entire platoon must linkup).
(May use designated signal.)
Note: The first element on site becomes the stationary element before the linkup.
(2) Platoon moves tactically to the linkup point.
(a) Establishes a perimeter defense.
(b) Prepares to accept the moving unit at the linkup point.
(c) Establishes communications with the other element.
b. Conduct the following (SECOND platoon/element to arrive at the linkup
point).
(1) Sends a security team forward to confirm the exact location of the
linkup point.
(2) Makes contact with the element at the linkup point.
(a) Gives the far recognition signal.
(b) Advances and exchanges near recognition signals with
element on the linkup point.
(3) Returns to the linkup rally point and brings the platoon forward to
the linkup point (if the entire platoon must linkup). (May use
designated signal.)
(4) Platoon moves tactically to the linkup point.
(a) Platoon is incorporated into the perimeter defense.
12. Elements continue the mission IAW the OPORD, FRAGO, and or guidance
from higher headquarters after the linkup.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-1189 Conduct Actions at Danger Areas (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Coordinating Draft)
57
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-2000
07-3-2009
07-3-2054
07-3-3009
07-3-5000
07-3-5027
07-3-5036
07-3-6027
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct a Route Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
58
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Movement to Contact (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-31090)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a
movement to contact to gain or to regain contact with the enemy. The platoon has
communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been
provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI).
Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some
iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the movement to contact in accordance with
(IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. The platoon leader selects the proper technique for conducting the movement to
contact based on the anticipated enemy situation. The platoon moves not later than the
time specified in the order. The platoon reports required intelligence information. The
platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies tentative rally points, if required.
(2) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(3) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support, if
available.
c. Identifies and assigns direct fire responsibilities.
d. Selects the proper technique to be used for conducting the movement
to contact (if not directed by the company).
(1) Search and attack technique.
(2) Approach march technique.
e. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
f. Plans continuous operations, if required.
g. Determines the requirement for patrol bases.
(Coordinating Draft)
59
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
h. Determines linkup requirements.
i. Determines movement technique based on factors of mission, enemy,
terrain, troops, time available, and civil considerations (METT-TC).
j. Determines how key weapons will be employed.
k. Confirms fire control measures and engagement criteria.
l. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 4. Platoon leader disseminates digital reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 5. Platoon leader prepares for the movement to contact.
a. Coordinates with adjacent units as required.
b. Coordinates passage of lines, if required.
c. Coordinates resupply, if required.
d. Conducts reconnaissance surveillance as required.
(1) Adjust the plan based on updated intelligence and
reconnaissance effort.
(2) Updates the enemy situation.
(3) Disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
9. Platoon avoids mounted movement on terrain restricting maneuver (such as
draws, ravines, narrow trails, or steep slopes).
10. Platoon uses search and attack technique, when adequate information on
enemy location, disposition, and strength is not known.
a. Determines the number and size of the areas in which the platoon will
be operating.
(1) Assigns small areas of operation that keep the squads
concentrated and help maintain control.
b. Reports the situation, as required.
c. Ensures security is maintained.
d. Ensures mutual support is provided within the platoon.
11. Platoon uses approach march technique, based on the enemy situation.
Note: The platoon will normally conduct the approach march technique as part
of a larger force.
a. Designates the platoon as the advance guard.
(1) Finds the enemy and locates gaps, flanks, and weaknesses in
the enemy's ranks.
(Coordinating Draft)
60
(Coordinating Draft)
(2) Attempts to make contact on the ground of its choosing.
(3) Operates within the range of the main body's (friendly) indirect
fire support weapons.
(4) Leads the advance guard with one squad.
(a) Rotates squads as necessary.
(5) Uses appropriate formations and movement techniques, based
on factors of METT-TC.
(6) Reports the situation, as required.
b. Designates the platoon as the flank or rear guard.
(1) Moves using the appropriate formation and movement technique,
based on factors of METT-TC.
Note: The platoon must maintain the same momentum as the main body.
(2) Provides early warning to the main body.
(3) Destroys enemy reconnaissance elements, within its capability.
(4) Prevents direct fires or observation of the main body.
(5) Reports the situation, as required.
c. Moves as part of the main body.
Note: When moving as part of the main body, the platoon may tasked to
assault, bypass, or fix an enemy force; to seize, secure, or clear an assigned
area; to conduct stay behind ambushes; or perform security missions.
(1) Uses appropriate formations and movement techniques, as
required/directed.
(2) Uses appropriate assault techniques, as required.
(3) Uses appropriate ambush techniques, as required.
(4) Reports the situation, as required.
12. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
13. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
14. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
15. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
16. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
61
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
061-283-1004 Locate A Target By Shift From A Known Point
Perform a Function Check on a Pistol
Load a Pistol
Engage Targets with an RPK Automatic Rifle
Load a PKM Light Machine Gun
Engage Targets with an PKM Light Machine Gun
Engage Targets with an SPG Recoilless Rifle
Perform Misfire Procedures on an RPG
Engage Targets with an AK-47
Perform a Function Check on a GP-30 Grenade Launcher
Load a GP-30 Grenade Launcher
Engage Targets with a GP-30 Grenade Launcher
Unload an RPK Automatic Rifle
Prepare an SPG Recoilless Rifle for Firing
071-326-0501 Move as a Member of a Fire Team
071-326-0502 Move Under Direct Fire
071-326-0503 Move Over, Through, or Around Obstacles (Except Minefields)
071-326-0511 React to Flares
071-326-0512 Estimate Range
071-326-0515 Select a Movement Route Using a Map
071-326-3002 React to Indirect Fire While Mounted
071-326-5605 Control Movement of a Fire Team
071-326-5606 Select an Overwatch Position
071-326-5611 Conduct the Maneuver of a Squad
071-326-5630 Conduct Movement Techniques by a Platoon
071-329-1002 Determine the Grid Coordinates of a Point on a Military Map
071-329-1003 Determine a Magnetic Azimuth Using a Lensatic Compass
071-329-1005 Determine a Location on the Ground by Terrain Association
071-329-1006 Navigate from One Point on the Ground to Another Point While
Dismounted
071-329-1008 Measure Distance on a Map
071-329-1011 Orient a Map Using a Lensatic Compass
071-329-1012 Orient a Map to the Ground by Map-Terrain Association
071-329-1014 Locate an Unknown Point on a Map and on the Ground by Intersection
071-329-1030 Navigate from One Point on the Ground to Another Point While Mounted
071-331-0820 Analyze Terrain
071-332-5034 Extract Information from a Route Reconnaissance Report
071-410-0001 Perform Self-Extraction from a Minefield
(Coordinating Draft)
62
(Coordinating Draft)
071-410-0002
071-410-0010
071-410-0019
071-410-0020
071-420-0005
071-510-0001
React to Direct Fire While Mounted
Conduct a Leader's Reconnaissance
Control Organic Fires
Plan for Use of Supporting Fires
Conduct the Maneuver of a Platoon
Determine Azimuths Using a Protractor
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-1072 Conduct a Disengagement (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1081 Conduct a Link-up (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1099 Conduct a Passage of Lines as the Passing Unit
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1189 Conduct Actions at Danger Areas (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5081 Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
63
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Passage of Lines as the Passing Unit (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1099)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a forward
or rearward passage of lines at the location and time specified. The stationary unit has
been identified. All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has
communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been
provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI).
Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some
iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the passage of lines in accordance with (IAW)
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance.
The platoon completes necessary coordination with higher, adjacent, and stationary
elements. The platoon passes through the stationary unit with no compromise of security.
The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies passage points and passage lanes (primary and
alternate).
(2) Identifies security, support by fire, and assault positions, if
applicable.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support, if
available.
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
d. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
e. Verifies known obstacle types and locations.
f. Verifies call signs and frequencies of the stationary unit.
g. Verifies and or designates visual recognition signals (far and near).
h. Verifies and or designates fire coordination measures.
(Coordinating Draft)
64
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
i. Verifies the command relationship with the stationary unit.
j. Verifies actions to take place following coordination of the passage.
* 4. Platoon leader addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy before
during and after passage.
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
* 9. If face to face coordination is required, the platoon leader or platoon
sergeant (PSG) conducts linkup with the stationary unit.
a. Initiates tactical movement toward the designated contact point as
directed in the OPORD and or FRAGO.
b. Establishes communications with the stationary unit prior to entering
the effective range of the stationary unit's direct fire weapons.
(1) Authenticates correctly.
(2) Informs the stationary unit of number of platoon personnel (if
dismounted), or number and type of vehicles (if mounted) and
direction from which the platoon is traveling.
(3) Requests information from the stationary unit on number and
type of vehicles, direction of weapons orientation, and location of
dismounts on the ground, as applicable.
(4) Determines whether platoon is needed to provide additional
security at the contact point.
(5) Confirms short-range recognition signal (hand-and-arm, flags,
VS-17, flashlight, or pyrotechnics).
*10. Platoon leader or designated representative conducts coordination with the
stationary unit.
Note: The platoon leader or designated representative may be required to
coordinate the passage of lines either for the platoon alone or for the higher
headquarters.
a. Exchanges and or coordinates the following information:
(1) Signal operating instructions (SOI) information.
(2) Number of personnel and/or type of vehicles involved in the
passage.
(3) Estimated time of arrival of vehicles and markings of the first and
last vehicles.
(4) Recognition signals.
(5) Updated enemy situation.
(6) Friendly situation/disposition.
(Coordinating Draft)
65
(Coordinating Draft)
(7) Terrain analysis.
(8) Supporting fires information, to include available assets, smoke
data, and target numbers/locations.
(9) Locations of friendly obstacles and applicable breaching
information, to include any routes through obstacles.
(10) Command post location.
(11) Contact points (primary, alternate).
(12) Passage lanes data, to include alternate routes, start point (SP),
release point (RP), passage points, and checkpoints.
(13) Location and number of guides and number and type of
vehicles, as applicable.
(14) Time of passage.
(15) Rally points (both near and far) and assembly areas.
(16) Line of departure (LD).
(17) Battle hand over line (BHL) and time the transfer of
responsibility for the control of the sector will take place.
(18) Combat service support (CSS) information, including the
following:
(a) Resupply of Classes III and V.
(b) Medical evacuation assets.
(c) Handling of enemy prisoners of war (EPWs).
(d) Maintenance requirements and available assets.
(19) Actions on contact if enemy is encountered during the passage.
*11. Platoon leader or PSG completes coordination and preparations for the
passage.
a. Conducts tactical movement back to the platoon position, if applicable.
b. Passes all pertinent information and or FRAGO to the platoon.
c. Reports all pertinent information from the coordination to the
commander, if acting as liaison for higher headquarters.
d. Directs squad leaders to complete troop-leading procedures required to
plan the passage.
*12. Platoon leader updates the enemy situation.
*13. Platoon leader disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information.
14. Platoon conducts tactical movement to the passage point.
a. Uses covered and concealed routes to the maximum extent possible.
b. Uses most advantageous formation and movement technique based on
factors of mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time available, and civil
considerations (METT-TC).
c. Maintains proper weapons orientation to ensure 360-degree security
(Coordinating Draft)
66
(Coordinating Draft)
based on the formation selected.
15. On order from the platoon leader or PSG, the platoon moves through the
passage point.
a. Establishes communications and or enters the net of the stationary unit.
b. Displays designated recognition signal on all vehicles, if applicable.
c. Reports arrival time at the passage point to the commander.
d. Ensures the platoon passes through the passage point without halting
or blocking it.
16. Platoon moves along the passage lane.
a. Conducts tactical movement through the passage lane.
b. Orients weapon systems in the direction of known or suspected enemy
contact.
c. Follows directions given by guides at traffic control points.
d. Uses alternate lanes if the situation dictates.
Note: In the event of vehicle breakdown, the platoon continues to move and
does not stop in the passage lane. The crew of the disabled vehicle moves it
out of the flow of traffic, if possible, and attempts to repair it. If necessary, the
crew waits with the vehicle until it can be recovered or repaired.
*17. Platoon leader or PSG keeps the commander informed.
a. Reports graphic control measures for passage.
b. Sends situation report (SITREP) as necessary during execution.
c. Reports completion of the passage.
18. If the passage is forward, the platoon crosses the BHL and continues the
mission.
19. If the passage is rearward, the platoon crosses the BHL and takes specified
actions.
a. Moves to the location designated in the OPORD without halting or
blocking the passage lane.
b. Conducts the steps for hasty occupation of an assembly area or for
troop leading procedures as specified in the OPORD.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
67
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS: NONE
(Coordinating Draft)
68
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Passage of Lines as the Stationary Unit (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1108)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to pass another
element through their lines at the time specified. All necessary personnel and equipment
are available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate
elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE)
and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in
the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during
limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon passes another element through their lines in
accordance with (IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or
commander's guidance. The platoon performs necessary coordination/liaison with the
passing element. The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies passage point, if not specified by higher headquarters.
(2) Identifies contact points.
b. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
c. Coordinates with higher headquarters or the passing unit, if required.
(1) Obtains the following:
(a) Location of passage point, if specified by higher
headquarters.
(b) Signal operating instructions (SOI) information.
(c) Passing unit designation.
(d) Number/type of vehicles or number of soldiers involved in
the passage, as applicable.
(e) Estimated time of arrival of vehicles and markings of the
first and last vehicles, if applicable.
(f) Order of march.
(Coordinating Draft)
69
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
(g) Recognition signals.
(h) Guide requirements.
(2) Provides the following as appropriate:
(a) Friendly situation/disposition.
(b) Updated enemy situation.
(c) Terrain analysis.
(d) Supporting fires information, to include available assets,
smoke data, and target numbers/locations.
(e) Locations of friendly obstacles and applicable breaching
information, to include any routes through obstacles.
(f) Command post location.
(g) Contact points (primary, alternate).
(h) Passage lane data, to include alternate routes, start point
(SP), release point (RP), passage points, and checkpoints.
(i) Location and number of guides and number/type of vehicles,
if applicable.
(j) Time of passage.
(k) Rally points and assembly area locations.
(l) Location of the line of departure (LD).
(m) Location of the battle handover line (BHL) and time the
transfer of responsibility for the control of the sector will take
place.
(n) Location of attack positions.
(o) Information for resupply of Classes III (petroleum, oil and
lubricants) and V (ammunition).
(p) Information for medical evacuation assets.
(q) Information for handling of enemy prisoners of war (EPW).
(r) Information for maintenance requirements and available
assets.
* 4. Platoon leader briefs platoon on mission and designates guide personnel.
a. Briefs enemy situation.
b. Designates and briefs attack positions or assembly areas.
c. Briefs start point (SP), release point (RP),and passage lanes.
d. Briefs contact points, if necessary.
e. Briefs recognition signals
f. Briefs appropriate SOI information.
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable) and overlays to each
subordinate element to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
(Coordinating Draft)
70
(Coordinating Draft)
7. Platoon conducts rehearsal.
*8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
9. Guide personnel move to appropriate positions and begin activities to
support the passage.
a. Establish overwatch positions.
b. Reconnoiter and mark route for the passing unit.
10. Guide personnel open passage lane.
a. Ensure lane provides adequate maneuver space for passing unit.
b. Assume positions to provide all around defense for the passage.
11. Guide personnel perform linkup with the passing unit and brief unit leaders
as necessary.
a. Execute near and far recognition signals.
b. Verify restrictive fire line (RFL) and BHL as necessary.
12. Platoon guides the passing unit and completes passage of lines actions.
a. Directs the passing unit along specified routes to designated location(s)
beyond the passage lane.
b. Overwatches the passage and provides security as needed.
c. Closes passage lane and any lanes through obstacles as required.
*13. Platoon leader reports the completion of the passage to higher
headquarters.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-1252 Conduct Overwatch and or Support by Fire (Antiarmor/Infantry
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
71
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-5000
07-3-5027
07-3-5036
07-3-6027
Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
72
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Presence Patrol (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(07-3-1117)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a
presence patrol to gather information, monitor an agreement, or demonstrate a force
presence at the location and time specified. The platoon is occupying an assembly area or
base camp. All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has
communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been
provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI).
Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment.
Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the presence patrol in accordance with (IAW)
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance.
The platoon reacts as necessary to hostile contact. The platoon reports as required. The
platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans the presence patrol using troop leading procedures
with special emphasis on the following:
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
b. Complies with requirements specified and implied in OPORD.
c. Develops necessary security measures.
d. Provides for overwatch element (e.g., a sniper team or a squad) if
appropriate.
e. Identifies higher headquarters Commander's Critical Information
Requirements (CCIR) and Information Requirements (IR).
f. Obtains sufficient information about persons who are to be apprehended
if encountered so as to be able to identify them.
g. Requests liaison officers, local guides, and interpreters as needed.
h. Coordinates check points and reporting procedures with higher
headquarters.
i. Identifies requirements for overt recognition methods IAW TSOP and
OPORD (flag, placard, lights, vests, etc.).
j. Identifies special equipment requirements to accomplish task(s).
(Coordinating Draft)
73
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
k. Selects tactical movement techniques and formation options.
l. Establishes casualty evacuation (CASEVAC) procedures.
* 4. Platoon leader coordinates with the quick reaction force (QRF)
leader/commander, if required.
a. Confirms QRF radio frequency(ies), call sign(s), and recognition
signals.
b. Identifies probable linkup points.
c. Confirms linkup procedures.
d. Confirms battle hand off procedures.
e. Confirms procedures for transfer of information.
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 6. Platoon leader briefs the patrol plan.
7. Platoon prepares.
a. Ensures all equipment is present and operational.
b. Requires each soldier to demonstrate his understanding of the ROI and
mission instructions as pertains to use of force.
c. Requires each soldier to demonstrate his knowledge of the patrol
mission, route, radio frequencies, and call signs.
* 8. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
* 9. Platoon leader conducts rehearsal.
a. Establishes contact with a group/element from a faction, or a group, or
a person whose status is unknown.
b. Reacts to hostile action (e.g. sniper).
c. Apprehends a wanted person.
d. Reacts to special situations as identified in the OPORD or TSOP.
e. Implements CASEVAC as necessary.
*10. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
11. Platoon conducts the patrol.
a. Implements the patrol plan.
b. Does not deviate from specified route.
c. Maintains radio contact, using code words and reporting at intervals
specified in the patrol plan.
d. Collects information IAW the OPORD.
e. Collects incidental information.
f. Reports information as required in TSOP and OPORD.
g. Maintains possession of all sensitive items (e.g., weapons, ID papers,
communications equipment, maps and journals).
(Coordinating Draft)
74
(Coordinating Draft)
i. Determines when the unit is in danger of being overwhelmed by a group
of belligerents in terms of the size, ferocity, or the weapons being used.
j. Employs the QRF as part of the patrol or, responds to orders of QRF
commander, depending on decision of the higher commander.
k. Calls for reinforcements, as necessary.
l. Processes detainee(s) using search, segregate, safeguard, silence,
speed, and tag.
Note: Use Stand up Search when detainee is cooperative, two individuals are
available to conduct the search and the search is to detect weapons or
contraband (MP Task 191-376-5116).
Use Frisk (Pat down) Search for protection of the searcher when a detainee is
suspected of being armed (MP Task 191-376-5116).
Use Prone Search when detainee is armed, dangerous and or uncooperative or
when searcher is alone and a wall search can not be preformed (wall not
available) (MP Task 191-376-5117).
Use Wall Search when two individuals must search multiple detainees,
detainees are uncooperative, or detainees are suspected of having committed
a crime (MP Task 191-376-5119).
Use Strip Search only when detainee is suspected of having drugs or
contraband, an area with controlled access where the detainee can be shielded
from the general public is available, and when the detainee has already been
searched by another method (MP Task 191-381-1289).
(1) Explains procedures that the individual will undergo.
(2) Explains actions as they are taking place.
(3) Documents detained equipment, weapons, and other articles
taken from detained person.
(4) Tags detainee at the place and time of detention, if possible.
(5) Treats detained person(s) with respect.
(6) Reports detention of an individual and requests disposition
instructions (e.g. evacuate individual by helicopter, have him
accompany the patrol).
(7) Prepares witness statements for submission to higher
headquarters, as required.
12. Patrol returns to base of operations.
a. Participates in debrief.
13. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
75
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4036 Secure Civilians During Operations (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
76
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Raid (Infantry Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1126)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD)/fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a raid at a
specified location and time. All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The
platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements, as required.
Indirect fire support is available. The platoon has been provided guidance on the Rules of
Engagement (ROE) and or Rules of Interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants
may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be
conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the raid in accordance with (IAW) tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance. The
platoon surprises the enemy and assaults the objective to achieve the intent of the raid.
The platoon does not become decisively engaged. The platoon complies with the ROE
and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies tentative objective rally point (ORP).
(2) Identifies tentative support by fire and assault positions.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Identifies routes to and from the ORP and objective.
(5) Marks tentative dismount points if mounted.
b. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support if
available.
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
d. Establishes control measures.
e. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
(1) Designates a support element, an assault element and security
element.
(2) Identifies special teams.
f. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
(Coordinating Draft)
77
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
* 4. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 5. Platoon leader sets the conditions for the raid by employing (or requesting
that higher headquarters employ) one or more of the following:
a. Screening or obscuring smoke to isolate enemy forces from friendly
forces.
b. Direct fires to fix adjacent or reserve enemy elements, preventing them
from repositioning or reinforcing the objective area.
c. Indirect fires, direct fires, or both to suppress and or destroy enemy
forces on the objective.
d. Conducts final checks of weapons and equipment.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
* 7. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
9. Platoon moves to the objective rally point (ORP).
a. Secures the ORP.
b. Leaves a contingency plan with the platoon sergeant.
*10. Platoon leader conducts leader's reconnaissance.
a. Conducts the reconnaissance [based on mission, enemy, terrain,
troops, time available, and civil considerations (METT-TC).
(1) Pinpoints the objective.
(2) Establishes security at the objective.
(3) Selects security, support, and assault positions.
(4) Observes the objective and verifies and updates intelligence
information.
(5) Leaves a surveillance team to observe the objective, if possible.
(6) Designates the withdrawal routes back to the ORP.
(7) Verifies routes to security, support, and assault positions.
(8) Conducts the reconnaissance without compromising the raid.
b. Returns to the ORP.
*11. Platoon leader adjusts the raid plan to complement the current intelligence.
*12. Platoon leader assigns positions for all elements.
*13. Platoon leader reports to higher headquarters the information gained
during the reconnaissance.
a. Recommends aborting if the combat power of the enemy significantly
alters the engagement ratio.
b. Recommends aborting if enemy activity in the target area is significantly
increased, movement of outside elements in the area is detected, or
increased air coverage is present.
(Coordinating Draft)
78
(Coordinating Draft)
14. Platoon moves from the ORP to assault or support positions.
a. Moves using the designated/appropriate technique.
b. Attempts to breach any obstacle it cannot bypass.
15. Platoon conducts the raid.
a. Conducts the raid DISMOUNTED. (Raids are normally conducted
dismounted.)
(1) Employs indirect fires to isolate portions of the objective area, to
obscure enemy element, and or to screen the movement of friendly
elements.
(2) Surprises the enemy.
(3) Increases the volume and accuracy of fires to suppress and or
destroy enemy vehicles and fighting positions (support
elements/squads).
(4) Conducts initial breach of obstacles, if required to penetrate the
enemy's protective obstacle belt.
(5) Lifts and shifts fires as assault element(s) moves beyond the
obstacle.
Note: Both direct and indirect fires shift to suppress areas adjacent to the
objective, to destroy enemy forces retreating, or to prevent enemy
reinforcement of the objective.
(6) Assaults onto the objective by conducting fire and maneuver
(assaulting elements/squads).
(7) Achieves the intent of the raid.
b. Conducts the raid MOUNTED.
(1) Employs indirect fires to isolate portions of the objective area, to
obscure enemy element, and or to screen the movement of friendly
elements.
(2) Maintains radio silence.
(3) Increases the volume and accuracy of fires to suppress and or
destroy enemy vehicles and fighting positions (support elements and
or squads).
(4) Commences firing and advances toward the object (assault
element).
(5) Assaults onto the objective by conducting fire and maneuver
(assaulting elements and or squads).
(6) Achieves the intent of the raid.
16. Platoon occupies designated defensible positions, if necessary.
*17. Platoon leader reports the situation to company commander.
a. Compiles section or squad leader SITREPs.
b. Submits updated SITREP to the company commander as necessary.
18. Elements withdraw from the objective in the sequence designated in the
(Coordinating Draft)
79
(Coordinating Draft)
FRAGO to a covered and concealed position away from the objective area.
19. Platoon conducts consolidation and reorganization.
a. Maintains all around security to prevent and or defend an enemy
counterattack.
b. Reestablishes the chain of command.
c. Remans key weapons.
d. Redistributes ammunition and equipment.
20. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW).
21. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
*22. Platoon leader assesses and reports the status of personnel, ammunition,
supplies, and essential equipment.
23. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
052-192-1021 Locate Mines By Visual Means
052-193-1013 Neutralize Booby Traps
061-283-1002 Locate A Target By Grid Coordinates
061-283-1004 Locate A Target By Shift From A Known Point
071-010-0006 Engage Targets With An RPK Automatic Rifle
071-311-2007 Engage Targets With An AK-47 Rifle
071-312-3028 Unload An PKM Machine Gun
071-312-4027 Load An RPK Automatic Rifle
071-325-4407 Employ Hand Grenades
071-326-0501 Move As A Member Of A Fire Team
071-326-0502 Move Under Direct Fire
071-326-0503 Move Over, Through, Or Around Obstacles (Except Minefields)
071-326-0510 React To Indirect Fire While Dismounted
071-326-0511 React To Flares
071-326-0515 Select A Movement Route Using A Map
071-326-5505 Issue An Oral Operation Order
071-326-5605 Control Movement Of A Fire Team
071-326-5606 Select An Overwatch Position
071-326-5611 Conduct The Maneuver Of A Squad
071-326-5630 Conduct Movement Techniques By A Platoon
(Coordinating Draft)
80
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
071-329-1001
071-329-1002
071-329-1003
071-329-1005
071-329-1006
071-331-0820
071-334-4002
071-410-0010
071-410-0019
071-410-0020
071-420-0005
Identify Terrain Features On A Map
Determine The Grid Coordinates Of A Point On A Military Map
Determine A Magnetic Azimuth Using A Lensatic Compass
Determine A Location On The Ground By Terrain Association
Navigate From One Point On The Ground To Another Point While
Dismounted
Analyze Terrain
Establish A Helicopter Landing Point
Conduct A Leader's Reconnaissance
Control Organic Fires
Plan For Use Of Supporting Fires
Conduct The Maneuver Of A Platoon
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1099 Conduct a Passage of Lines as the Passing Unit
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1252 Conduct Overwatch and or Support by Fire (Antiarmor/Infantry
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5081 Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
81
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Relief in Place (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-31135)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a relief in
place at the location and time specified. All necessary personnel and equipment are
available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, subordinate and relieved
elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE)
and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in
the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during
limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the relief in place in accordance with (IAW)
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance.
The platoon conducts necessary coordination, moves tactically to designated contact
point, and occupies relieved unit's positions as directed. Responsibility for the fight is
coordinated and executed as soon as possible without allowing the enemy an advantage.
The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies/confirms contact points.
(2) Identifies routes to and from contact points.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support, if necessary.
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
d. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
e. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 4. Platoon leader coordinates and or exchanges the information with the
relieved unit IAW the TSOP, the OPORD or FRAGO, and or guidance from
higher headquarters (HQ).
a. Coordinates and or exchanges information.
(1) Location of vehicle and or individual fighting positions (to include
(Coordinating Draft)
82
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
hide, alternate, and supplementary positions).
(2) Outgoing unit's tactical plan, to include graphics, platoon and
squad fire plans, and individual vehicles' and or platoon sector
sketches.
(3) Updated enemy situation.
(4) Fire support coordination, including indirect fire plans and the
time of relief for supporting artillery and mortar units.
(5) Types of weapon systems being replaced.
(6) Range cards for all weapons.
(7) Location and disposition of obstacles and the time responsibility
will be transferred.
(8) Counterattack plans.
(9) Plans for other tasks the platoon may have been tasked to
perform.
(10) Supplies and equipment to be transferred.
(11) Movement control, route priority, and placement of guides.
(12) Maintenance, logistical support, and evacuation, if necessary,
for disabled vehicles.
(13) Time, sequence, and method of relief.
(a) Simultaneous.
(b) Sequential.
(14) Communications data.
(a) Frequencies.
(b) Challenge and password.
(c) Signals.
(15) Battle handover (BHO) procedures for artillery and ADA, if
applicable.
* 5. Platoon leader and reconnaissance element conducts the reconnaissance
(based on mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time available, and civil
considerations [METT-TC]).
a. Recons routes into and out of the position.
b. Recons any assembly areas to be used.
c. Recons logistics points.
d. Recons primary, alternate, and supplementary positions.
e. Recons obstacles.
f. Recons contact point(s).
g. Recons patrol routes (primary and alternate) and observation post (OP)
locations, when possible.
h. Verifies and updates priority intelligence requirements.
(Coordinating Draft)
83
(Coordinating Draft)
i. Posts security, if required.
j. Returns to platoon position.
* 6. Platoon leader disseminates digital reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 7. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
8. Platoon conducts rehearsal.
* 9. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
10. Platoon executes the relief in place.
a. Maintains operations security (OPSEC), taking these actions:
(1) Changes frequencies on all platoon radios to the frequencies of
the relieved unit.
(2) Maintains radio listening silence (if specified in the OPORD or
FRAGO).
(3) Adheres to noise, light, and litter discipline.
b. Initiates movement, taking these actions:
(1) Moves to predetermined contact point(s) and meets guides from
the relieved unit.
(2) Collocates command post (CP) with relieved unit CP.
(3) Moves into hide positions and coordinates any final information.
c. Occupies, as necessary, preliminary positions in preparation for
conducting the relief. The following procedures apply:
(1) Occupies positions behind the unit to be relieved as determined
in the coordination or as specified in the OPORD.
(2) Maintains security.
(3) Reports to the platoon leader when occupation is complete.
(Section and squad leaders).
(4) Reports to the company commander when the platoon is
prepared to conduct the relief. (Platoon leader).
d. Completes preparations and coordination with the relieving or relieved
unit.
(1) Updates the enemy situation.
(2) Completes transfer of sector sketches and fire plans.
(3) Completes transfer of obstacle target folders and hasty protective
minefield forms.
(4) Reports to the company commander that preparations for the
relief are complete.
e. Conducts the relief.
(1) Transfers equipment and supplies as required.
Note: The relieving unit remains under operational control (OPCON) to the
(Coordinating Draft)
84
(Coordinating Draft)
relieved unit until the entire relieving unit is in place and prepared to assume
the mission.
(2) Conducts battle handover, with relieving unit accepting
responsibility.
(3) Moves to specified positions in the determined sequence of relief
using covered and concealed routes and maintaining 360-degree
security.
(May be lead by relieved unit guides).
*11. Section and or squad leaders report completion of the relief to the platoon
leader.
*12. The platoon leader reports completion of the relief in place to higher
headquarters.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1081 Conduct a Link-up (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2000 Conduct a Route Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2018 Establish an Observation Post (OP) (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-Leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
85
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Screen (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1144)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a screen
at a specified location and time. All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The
initial screen line, lateral boundaries, and rear boundary or phase line are established or
provided by higher headquarters. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent,
and subordinate elements. Indirect fire support and close air support (CAS) are available.
The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules
of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational
environment. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility
conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the screen in accordance with (IAW) tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance. The
platoon allows no enemy ground element to pass through the screen undetected and
unreported. The platoon maintains continuous surveillance, detects all enemy activity in
the area of operations (AO), provides early warning to the screened unit, maintains contact
with the enemy, and reports any activity in the AO. The platoon maintains contact with the
main body and any security forces operating on its flanks. The platoon destroys or repels
all enemy reconnaissance patrols using available systems and support. The platoon
impedes and harasses the enemy using available systems and support. The platoon
destroys enemy reconnaissance elements using available systems and support. The
platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies tentative observation posts (OPs).
(2) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(3) Identifies routes to and from OPs.
(4) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
(5) Confirms the initial screen line and marks it on maps.
(6) Identifies target reference points (TRPs) throughout the sector.
(7) Identifies subsequent screen lines.
(8) Identifies stay behind OPs as required.
(9) Places contact points at intersections of phase lines and
(Coordinating Draft)
86
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
boundaries so squads can make physical contact during the
screening mission.
b. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
c. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support, if
available.
d. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
e. Confirms the platoon's priority of effort.
f. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 4. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 5. Platoon leader assigns one avenue of approach to a single squad.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
9. Platoon moves to the initial screen line.
a. Performs a zone reconnaissance to clear the sector of any enemy and
familiarizes the platoon with the terrain. (If adequate time is available.)
b. Performs a movement to contact or a tactical road march to a position
just short of the screen line. (When time is critical.)
10. Platoon conducts the screen.
a. Establishes OPs along or slightly forward of the initial screen line as
dictated by terrain.
b. Allows no enemy ground element to pass through the screen
undetected and unreported.
c. Maintains continuous surveillance of enemy elements in the AO.
d. Detects all enemy activity in the area of operations (AO).
e. Provides early warning to the screened unit.
f. Maintains contact with the enemy, once contact is made.
g. Reports any activity in the AO.
h. Maintains contact with the main body and any security forces operating
on its flanks.
i. Destroys or repels all enemy reconnaissance patrols using available
systems and support.
j. Impedes and harasses the enemy using available systems and support.
k. Destroys enemy reconnaissance elements using available systems and
support.
l. Moves to keep pace with the main body, of the screened force, by
moving or displacing OPs or moving tactically at a designated interval
(Coordinating Draft)
87
(Coordinating Draft)
from the main body. (If a moving screen is being executed.)
m. Guides higher headquarters reaction forces, if designated.
n. Conducts patrols between OPs and in areas that cannot be observed,
as the situation permits.
o. Withdraws to the subsequent screen line on order.
p. Uses all available night and thermal observation devices and electronic
surveillance devices during limited visibility.
q. Complies with ROE and or ROI.
11. Upon completion of the screen mission, the platoon completes the following
as necessary.
a. Consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
b. Secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
c. Treats and evacuates casualties.
d. Processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
e. Continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
052-193-1013 Neutralize Booby Traps
061-283-1002 Locate A Target By Grid Coordinates
Engage Targets with an RPK Automatic Rifle
Engage Targets with an SPG Recoilless Rifle
Engage Targets with an RPG
Unload an AK-47 Rifle
Correct Malfunctions of an AK-47 Rifle
Load a GP-30 Grenade Launcher
Unload a GP-30 Grenade Launcher
Correct Malfunctions of a GP-30 Grenade Launcher
Engage Targets with a GP-30 Grenade Launcher
Load a PKM Machine Gun
Unload a PKM Machine Gun
Correct Malfunctions of a PKM Machine Gun
Engage Targets with a PKM Machine Gun
Load an RPK Automatic Rifle
(Coordinating Draft)
88
3
4
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
071-325-4401
071-325-4407
071-326-0501
071-326-0502
071-326-0510
071-326-0511
071-326-0512
071-326-0513
071-326-5605
071-326-5606
071-326-5611
071-326-5630
071-326-5705
071-326-5775
071-331-0801
071-331-0804
071-331-0820
071-410-0010
071-410-0012
071-410-0019
071-410-0020
071-420-0005
071-450-0005
081-831-0101
113-573-8006
Prepare an SPG Recoilless Rifle for Firing
Perform Misfire Procedures on an SPG Recoilless Rifle
Perform Safety Checks on Hand Grenades
Employ Hand Grenades
Move as a Member of a Fire Team
Move Under Direct Fire
React to Indirect Fire While Dismounted
React to Flares
Estimate Range
Select Temporary Fighting Positions
Control Movement of a Fire Team
Select an Overwatch Position
Conduct the Maneuver of a Squad
Conduct Movement Techniques by a Platoon
Establish an Observation Post
Coordinate with an Adjacent Platoon
Challenge Persons Entering Your Area
Perform Surveillance without the Aid of Electronic Devices
Analyze Terrain
Conduct a Leader's Reconnaissance
Conduct Occupation of an Assembly Area
Control Organic Fires
Plan for Use of Supporting Fires
Conduct the Maneuver of a Platoon
Conduct a Screen by a Platoon
Request Medical Evacuation
Use an Automated Signal Operation Instruction (SOI)
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1459 Take Action on Contact (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2000 Conduct a Route Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2018 Establish an Observation Post (OP) (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
89
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-5027
07-3-5036
07-3-5081
07-3-6027
Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
90
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Security Patrol (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1153)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a
security patrol. The order specifies the purpose (intent) of the patrol. All necessary
personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher,
adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules
of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this
task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the security patrol in accordance with (IAW)
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance.
The platoon accomplishes the purpose (intent) of the patrol. The platoon complies with the
ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies tentative rally points.
(2) Identifies routes to and from the rally points.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Plans organization of patrol based on factors of mission, enemy,
terrain, troops, time available, and civil considerations (METT-TC).
(1) Organizes platoon into assault, support, security, and breach
elements if required.
c. Plans for special equipment requirements.
d. Coordinates with adjacent units as required.
e. Plans indirect fire support and or close air support, if available.
f. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
g. Coordinates with higher headquarters for the following:
(1) Indirect fires if available.
(2) Medical evacuation support.
(3) Reporting procedures.
(Coordinating Draft)
91
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
h. Plans rally points.
(1) Initial.
(2) Enroute.
(3) ORP if used.
i. Plans security for the platoon-(1) At points along the route.
(2) At danger areas.
(3) At ORP if used.
(4) Along enemy avenues of approach into the objective.
j. Briefs platoon members on the specifics of the patrol.
k. Assigns additional tasks as required.
(1) Demolitions.
(2) Search of enemy killed and or captured.
(3) Guarding of enemy prisoners of war (EPWs).
(4) Treatment and evacuation (litter teams) of friendly casualties.
l. Determines who will control any attachments of skilled personnel or
special equipment.
m. Coordinates passage of lines if required.
n. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 4. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
5. Platoon conducts rehearsal.
* 6. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
7. Platoon conducts security patrol.
a. Departs from vehicles and or friendly positions IAW the plan.
b. Conducts passage of lines if required.
c. Conducts tactical movement based on factors of METT-TC.
(1) Uses appropriate formations and movement techniques.
(2) Conducts continuous surveillance and maintains 360 degree
security during movement and at halts.
(3) Maintains continuous communications.
e. Conducts leader's reconnaissance of the objective if an object has been
designated.
(1) Designates a release point between the ORP and the objective
where squads and fire teams separate to move to their assigned
positions.
(2) Confirms the location of the objective.
(3) Determines if the objective is suitable for the ambush or raid.
(Coordinating Draft)
92
(Coordinating Draft)
(4) Selects or confirms the type of formation to be used if the
purpose of the patrol is an ambush.
(5) Analyzes the terrain to determine where to place mines or
Claymore to cover dead space.
(6) Confirms or validates the plan.
(7) Does not cross the objective if the objective will be the kill zone.
(8) Selects assault, support, and security positions and routes from
them back to the ORP.
(9) Posts the surveillance team.
(10) Identifies all enemy activity.
(11) Sends timely, accurate reports as required using the size,
activity, location, unit, time, and equipment (SALUTE) format.
(12) Returns to the ORP.
f. Accomplishes the purpose (commander's intent) of the security patrol.
(1) Destroys or captures enemy soldiers or equipment IAW the order
and commander's intent.
(2) Destroys installations, facilities, or key points IAW the order and
commander's intent.
(3) Harasses enemy forces IAW the order and commander's intent.
8. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
9. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
10. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
*11. Platoon leader completes the patrol report.
a. Conducts an after action review (AAR).
(1) Debriefs patrol members.
(2) Compiles reconnaissance information.
b. Prepares patrol report.
c. Reviews patrol report with patrol members for accuracy and
completeness.
d. Submits completed patrol report to higher headquarters.
12. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
13. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
93
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1189 Conduct Actions at Danger Areas (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon)
07-3-1216 Conduct an Infiltration or Exfiltration (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2018 Establish an Observation Post (OP) (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5054 Establish Radio Communications (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
94
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Strongpoint Defense of a Building (Infantry Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1162)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a
strongpoint defense of a building in an urban area to prevent the enemy from gaining a
foothold at a specified location and time. All necessary personnel and equipment are
available. Both friendly and enemy units have indirect fire support available. The platoon
has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has
been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction
(ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational
environment. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility
conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts a strongpoint defense of a building in
accordance with (IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or
commander's guidance. The platoon completes all specified defensive preparations no
later than (NLT) the time specified in the order. The platoon prevents the enemy from
gaining a foothold or any penetrations of its position, prevents the enemy from moving
through the area, destroys attacking enemy elements within its capability, or forces the
enemy to withdraw. The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies tentative objective rally point (ASLT PSN), if used and
observation posts (OPS).
(2) Identifies tentative, security, support by fire, and assault
positions.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Identifies routes to and from the ASLT PSN and OPs.
(5) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate
(6) Marks the withdrawal routes.
b. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support, if
available.
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
d. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
(Coordinating Draft)
95
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
e. Analyzes the defensive sector to recommend to the company
commander the best use of obstacles and supporting fires.
f. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
g. Develops a counterattack plan for each likely enemy situation.
(1) Ensures the counterattack force is allocated demolitions,
antiarmor assets, and extra grenades.
(2) Designates and, if appropriate, marks routes for counterattack.
(3) Ensures the counterattack plan is rehearsed during the day and
at night.
* 4. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
5. Platoon prepositions supplies and equipment (depending on the length of the
mission).
a. Prepositions the following as required:
(1) Barrier material (sandbags, barbed wire).
(2) Munitions (especially grenades).
(3) Food and water.
(4) Medical supplies.
(5) Fire fighting equipment.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
9. Platoon starts movement to assault position (ASLT PSN), if used.
a. Secures ASLT PSN.
*10. Platoon leader and reconnaissance element conducts the reconnaissance
(based on mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time available, and civil
considerations [METT-TC]).
a. Pinpoints the objective.
b. Establishes security at the objective.
c. Selects security, support, assault positions, and OP positions.
d. Verifies and updates intelligence information.
e. Leaves a surveillance team to observe the objective.
f. Returns to the ASLT PSN or platoon position.
*11. Platoon leader adjusts the plan based on updated intelligence and
reconnaissance efforts.
*12. Platoon leader updates the enemy situation.
*13. Platoon leader disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information.
(Coordinating Draft)
96
(Coordinating Draft)
14. Platoon occupies positions and sets up security.
a. Emplaces at least one OP so the main body is warned before an
enemy attack.
b. Emplaces the platoon early warning system or devices.
*15. Leaders position crew served weapons and special weapons. (May include
vehicles.)
a. Position antiarmor weapons to cover armored avenues of approach.
b. Position weapons inside buildings with adequate space and ventilation
for back blast.
c. Position machine guns to best cover dismounted avenues of approach.
d. Ensures weapons are mutually supporting and tied in with adjacent
units.
*16. Platoon leader establishes leader positions.
a. Places the platoon command post (CP) in a covered and concealed
location.
b. Establishes an OP(s) where the platoon leader can view and control the
battle.
c. Has squad leaders occupy fighting positions with their squads.
*17. Squad/team leaders position remaining squad members.
a. Assign each member a position with primary and secondary sectors of
fire.
b. Make sure positions permit interlocking fires.
c. Improve positions as time permits.
(1) Sandbags for overhead and all around protection.
(2) Wire mesh over windows (open at the bottom to allow grenades
to be dropped out).
(3) Loopholes and or fire prevention measures.
*18. Platoon leader coordinates with adjacent units.
a. Establishes responsibility for overlapping enemy avenues of approach
between adjacent squads and platoons.
b. Exchanges information on OP locations, unit signals, and passage
points.
19. Radio telephone operator (RTO) installs wire communications, if
required/directed.
a. Lays wire between the platoon CP and the squads.
b. Employs switchboards or hot loops as appropriate.
20. Platoon constructs barriers and obstacles to deny the enemy access to
streets, underground passages, buildings, and to slow his movement (including
rooftops and in all buildings).
a. Integrates barriers and or obstacles with the platoon's key weapons.
(Coordinating Draft)
97
(Coordinating Draft)
b. Covers all barriers and obstacles by fire and or observation (both direct
and indirect), mines, and booby traps.
*21. Platoon leader plans and coordinates indirect fires to support the platoon
defense.
a. Covers likely avenues of approach.
b. Covers obstacles.
c. Covers counterattack plans.
*22. Leaders designate alternate and supplementary positions.
a. Give each soldier and key weapon an alternate and supplementary
position.
b. Designate and, when appropriate, mark routes between primary,
alternate, and supplementary positions.
23. Platoon improves movement routes within the platoon position.
a. Improves routes by digging trenches, using sewers and tunnels,
creating mouse holes, and emplacing ropes for climbing and rappelling.
b. Marks routes between positions.
24. Platoon defends against an assault.
a. Uses direct and indirect fire to separate enemy fighting vehicles from
dismounted personnel that are providing security for the vehicles.
b. Executes the company or platoon barrier plan to impede and canalize
vehicles and personnel into planned fires.
c. Employs smoke to blind vehicle drivers.
d. Engages vehicles with organic and attached anti-armor weapons,
command detonated mines and demolitions, and field-expedient antiarmor
weapons.
e. Commits the reserve as needed.
f. Moves elements, as directed by the platoon leader, between primary,
alternate, and supplementary positions to complete the destruction or
expulsion of the enemy force.
g. Uses direct and indirect final protective fires (FPFs) to suppress, block,
and destroy dismounted enemy troop formations or force them to
withdraw.
h. Prevents the enemy from gaining a foothold or any penetrations of its
position.
i. Prevents the enemy from moving through the area.
25. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes during lulls in the fighting.
a. Transmits status reports, requests for support and resupply, and enemy
information to the company CP IAW the TSOP and current orders.
b. Replaces damaged barriers and obstacles, repairs positions, restores
communications, and posts OPs that were withdrawn during the
engagement.
(Coordinating Draft)
98
(Coordinating Draft)
c. Resumes security and patrolling activities.
d. Continues to defend until a change of mission is received.
26. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
27. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
28. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
29. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
071-326-5704 Supervise Construction of a Fighting Position
071-326-5705 Establish an Observation Post
071-326-5775 Coordinate with an Adjacent Platoon
071-331-0801 Challenge Persons Entering Your Area
071-410-0019 Control Organic Fires
071-410-0020 Plan for Use of Supporting Fires
071-430-0002 Conduct a Defense by a Squad
071-430-0004 Reorganize a Squad Following Enemy Contact While in the Defense
071-430-0006 Conduct a Defense by a Platoon
071-430-0007 Consolidate a Platoon Following Enemy Contact While in the Defense
071-430-0008 Reorganize a Platoon Following Enemy Contact While in the Defense
071-730-0008 Employ Field-Expedient Early Warning Devices
081-831-0101 Request Medical Evacuation
113-588-1087 Install A Hot Loop
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1459 Take Action on Contact (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1189 Conduct Actions at Danger Areas (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1279 Conduct Tactical Movement in a Built-up Area
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
99
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-2018
07-3-2054
07-3-3009
07-3-4009
07-3-4018
07-3-4027
07-3-4036
07-3-4045
07-3-5000
07-3-5009
07-3-5027
07-3-5036
07-3-5054
07-3-5081
07-3-6027
Establish an Observation Post (OP) (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Perform Resupply Operations (Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Secure Civilians During Operations (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Establish Radio Communications (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
100
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Tactical Road March (Mounted) (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1180)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a tactical
road march using the specified route and start time. All necessary personnel and
equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and
subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of
engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants
may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be
conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the tactical road march in accordance with
(IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. The platoon crosses the start point (SP) and release point (RP) at the specified
time. The platoon follows the prescribed route, rate of march and interval without deviation,
unless required by enemy action or higher headquarters' orders. Platoon maintains local
security throughout the movement. The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(2) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
(3) Identifies critical areas; for example, danger areas, defiles and
choke points, and traffic control points as well as rest and
maintenance areas.
(4) Determines assembly area location (if going to an assembly
area).
b. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support, if
available.
c. Develops graphic control measures; for example, checkpoints, phase
lines, scheduled halt points.
d. Selects road march technique to be used (open column, closed column,
or infiltration).
e. Determines road march and catch up speed.
(Coordinating Draft)
101
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
f. Determines march interval.
g. Determines order of march.
h. Determines quartering party requirements.
i. Determines and coordinates combat service support (CSS)
requirements.
j. Plans contingency actions; for example, vehicle break down, vehicle
accidents, break in march column, lost vehicle, and recovery plan.
k. Determines time(s) of critical events (RP, refuel on the move [ROM],
etc.).
* 4. Platoon leader addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
8. Platoon moves to a marshalling area as necessary.
*9. Platoon leader briefs and dispatches the quartering party.
*10. Platoon leader directs platoon to begin movement toward the SP.
a. Uses the designated formation, movement technique, and vehicle
interval and speed.
b. Positions himself where he can best control the movement of the
company and or platoon.
c. Uses visual signals, and or FM radio to communicate with platoon IAW
OPORD, FRAGO, and or TSOP.
11. Platoon moves along the march route.
a. Crosses the SP at the designated time IAW OPORD and or FRAGO.
b. Maintains proper march speed to reach checkpoints at times specified
in the order.
c. Reports control measures IAW OPORD, FRAGO, and or TSOP.
d. Maintains 360-degree observation, including aerial observation.
Note: Each vehicle designates an air guard.
e. Maintains proper weapons orientation to provide 360-degree security
throughout the road march as prescribed in the OPORD, FRAGO, and or
TSOP.
12. Platoon leader ensures that vehicles that drop out of the march column
rejoin the march at the rear or continue along the route of march as directed.
13. Platoon conducts scheduled halts as directed in OPOR or FRAGO or as
necessary.
a. Executes a herringbone or coil formation IAW OPORD, FRAGO, and
factors of METT-TC.
b. Establishes security IAW OPORD, FRAGO and or TSOP.
(Coordinating Draft)
102
(Coordinating Draft)
c. Posts guides to direct traffic as necessary.
d. Performs during operation maintenance.
e. Refuels, if scheduled.
f. Reports platoon status to higher HQ.
15. Platoon conducts unscheduled halts as necessary.
a. Clears route of march and executes a herringbone or coil formation.
b. Establishes local security IAW OPORD, FRAGO and or TSOP.
c. Determines the cause of the halt.
d. Reports unscheduled halts to higher HQ.
e. Rectifies the cause of the halt, if possible.
f. Continues the march when directed or as soon as possible.
16. Vehicle commander, driver, and crew take appropriate actions when a
vehicle becomes disabled.
a. Moves the disabled vehicle off the road, if possible.
b. Posts guide(s) to direct traffic around the vehicle.
c. Establishes local security and radio watch IAW OPORD, FRAGO and
or TSOP.
d. Reports status of the disabled vehicle.
e. Conducts repairs within capability and rejoins the rear of the column.
(1) If the crew is unable to repair the vehicle, the vehicle commander
requests maintenance support, assists maintenance personnel, and
rejoins the rear of the column once the vehicle is repaired or is
recovered by maintenance personnel.
Note: Depending on factors of METT-TC, the element leader must decide to
cross level equipment and personnel.
17. Platoon reacts to hostile contact as appropriate.
a. Consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
b. Secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
c. Treats and evacuates casualties.
d. Processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
18. Platoon arrives at and moves through the RP.
a. Reports arrival at and the completion of the move through the RP.
b. Does not stop or block traffic at the RP.
c. Follows guides and moves to the designated platoon area.
19. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
103
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
052-192-1021 Locate Mines by Visual Means
052-193-1013 Neutralize Booby Traps
061-283-1002 Locate a Target by Grid Coordinates
061-283-1004 Locate a Target by Shift from a Known Point
Engage Targets with an AK-47 Rifle
Load an AK-47 Rifle
Unload an AK-47 Rifle
Correct Malfunctions of an AK-47 Rifle
Unload a PKM Machine Gun
071-325-4401 Perform Safety Checks on Hand Grenades
071-325-4407 Employ Hand Grenades
071-326-0501 Move as a Member of a Fire Team
071-326-0502 Move under Direct Fire
071-326-0503 Move Over, Through, or Around Obstacles (Except Minefields)
071-326-0510 React to Indirect Fire While Dismounted
071-326-0511 React to Flares
071-326-0513 Select Temporary Fighting Positions
071-326-0515 Select a Movement Route Using a Map
071-326-5605 Control Movement of a Fire Team
071-326-5606 Select an Overwatch Position
071-326-5611 Conduct the Maneuver of a Squad
071-326-5630 Conduct Movement Techniques by a Platoon
071-326-5775 Coordinate with an Adjacent Platoon
071-329-1000 Identify Topographic Symbols on a Military Map
071-329-1001 Identify Terrain Features on a Map
071-329-1002 Determine the Grid Coordinates of a Point on a Military Map
071-329-1003 Determine a Magnetic Azimuth Using a Lensatic Compass
071-329-1004 Determine the Elevation of a Point on the Ground Using a Map
071-329-1005 Determine a Location on the Ground by Terrain Association
071-329-1006 Navigate from One Point on the Ground to Another Point While
Dismounted
071-329-1008 Measure Distance on a Map
071-329-1009 Convert Azimuths
071-329-1011 Orient a Map Using a Lensatic Compass
071-329-1012 Orient a Map to the Ground by Map-Terrain Association
071-329-1014 Locate an Unknown Point on a Map and on the Ground by Intersection
071-329-1015 Locate an Unknown Point on a Map and on the Ground by Resection
071-329-1019 Use a Map Overlay
071-331-0801 Challenge Persons Entering Your Area
(Coordinating Draft)
104
(Coordinating Draft)
071-331-0804
071-331-0815
071-331-0820
071-410-0010
071-410-0020
071-420-0005
071-510-0001
081-831-0101
113-573-8006
Perform Surveillance without the Aid of Electronic Devices
Practice Noise, Light, and Litter Discipline
Analyze Terrain
Conduct a Leader's Reconnaissance
Plan for Use of Supporting Fires
Conduct the Maneuver of a Platoon
Determine Azimuths Using a Protractor
Request Medical Evacuation
Use an Automated Signal Operation Instruction (SOI)
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1459 Take Action on Contact (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5081 Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
105
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct Actions at Danger Areas (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon) (07-3-1189)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and
encounters a danger area that it cannot bypass. All necessary personnel and equipment
are available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate
elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE)
and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in
the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during
limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts actions at a danger area in accordance with
(IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. The platoon halts short of the danger area, establishes near and far side
security, and crosses the danger area as planned. The platoon complies with the ROE and
or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
2. Platoon identifies a danger area by map and or by observation.
a. Stops the platoon short of the crossing site.
b. Sets up security.
c. Assigns responsibilities for near-side and far-side security.
* 3. Platoon leader plans the crossing using troop-leading procedures, time
permitting.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance, if possible.
b. Identifies near and far-side rally points.
Note: If the platoon encounters an unexpected danger area, it uses designated
en route rally points closest to the danger area as far and near-side rally points.
c. Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
d. Identifies crossing site that provides cover and concealment.
e. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
* 4. Platoon leader addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 6. Platoon leader controls actions of the platoon upon encountering a danger
area.
a. Signals "danger area". (Point man.)
(Coordinating Draft)
106
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
(1) Relayed throughout the platoon.
b. Halts the platoon and maintains local security.
c. Moves forward to the point man and confirms the danger area.
Note: Platoon sergeant (PSG) moves forward to the platoon leader.
d. Informs squad leaders of the situation.
e. Designates far and near-side rally points.
f. Directs positioning of near-side security. (Usually the trailing squad.)
(May be directed by platoon sergeant.)
g. Selects the crossing point that provides cover and concealment.
h. Assigns far-side security.
i. Selects the far-side clearing method based on observable terrain. The
secured area must be large enough to allow full deployment of the
remainder of the platoon.
j. Directs designated near-side security to provide security.
(1) Observes to the flanks.
(2) Overwatches the crossing.
(3) Warns of enemy approach before the main body is engaged.
k. Directs the designated far-side security team to reconnoiter the far-side.
(After near-side security is in place.)
(1) Clears the far-side. Ensures all hills, folds, and stream beds that
might conceal enemy positions are clear.
(2) Establishes an observation post (OP) forward of the cleared area.
(3) Signals to the squad leader that the area is clear. The squad
leader relays the message to the platoon leader.
l. Directs the platoon to cross the danger area.
(1) Selects the method for crossing the danger area. (In file, line,
etc.)
(2) Uses near-side security to overwatch the crossing of the platoon.
(3) Crosses the danger area quickly and quietly using the method
designated by the platoon leader.
(4) Moves to the designated rally points.
(5) Reacts to contact, if required.
(a) Designates the far or near-side rally point based on the
direction of the enemy contact.
(b) Reports positions as required.
(c) Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
(d) Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment
as required.
(6) Moves slowly on the required azimuth (once the main body is
(Coordinating Draft)
107
(Coordinating Draft)
across the danger area).
(7) Completes the crossing with the near-side security element(s),
controlled by the PSG, crossing the danger area where the platoon
crossed and joining the formation.
7. Consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
8. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
9. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
10. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
*11. Platoon leader forwards situation report (SITREP) to higher headquarters.
12. Resumes tactical movement.
a. Maintains proper formation and personnel intervals.
13. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
071-326-0503 Move Over, Through, or Around Obstacles (Except Minefields)
071-326-5606 Select an Overwatch Position
071-410-0020 Plan for Use of Supporting Fires
071-420-0005 Conduct the Maneuver of a Platoon
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1459 Take Action on Contact (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Coordinating Draft)
108
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-4045
07-3-5000
07-3-5009
07-3-5027
07-3-5036
07-3-6027
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
109
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct an Ambush (Infantry Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1207)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct an area,
point, or antiarmor ambush at the location and time specified. All necessary personnel and
equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and
subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of
engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants
may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be
conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon emplaces and executes the ambush in accordance with
(IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. The platoon surprises and kills or captures enemy forces in the engagement
area (EA). The platoon destroys or captures enemy equipment based on the commander's
intent. The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans the ambush using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies tentative assault position (ASLT PSN).
(2) Identifies tentative support by fire and assault positions.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Identifies routes to and from the ASLT PSN and objective.
(5) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Plans for:
(1) Covering the entire engagement area (EA) by fire.
(2) Using existing or reinforcing obstacles (Claymore and other
mines) to keep the enemy in the EA.
(3) Protecting the assault and support elements with mines,
Claymore, or explosives.
(4) Using security elements to isolate the EA.
(5) Assaulting into the EA to search dead and wounded, assemble
prisoners, and collect equipment. (The assault element must be able
to move quickly through its own protective obstacles.)
(6) Conduct an orderly withdrawal from ASLT POS, maintaining
(Coordinating Draft)
110
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
security at all times.
(7) Timing the actions of all elements of the platoon to preclude loss
of surprise.
(8) Using only one squad to conduct the entire ambush and rotating
squads over time from the ASLT PSN. (This technique is useful
when the ambush must be manned for a long time.)
c. Selects the type of ambush to be used, if not directed by higher
headquarters.
(1) Selects point ambush - Soldiers deploy to attack an enemy in a
single EA.
(2) Selects area ambush - Soldiers deploy in two or more related
point ambushes based on real time intelligence using one of the
following techniques:
(a) Sequential (linear in nature).
(b) Concentrated (centralized in nature).
(c) Distributed (decentralized in nature).
(3) Selects antiarmor ambush - Organized around the platoon's
RPG’s and machine gun elements. The platoon leader must
consider:
(a) Additional weapons available to supplement platoon fires.
(b) Carefully positioning all antiarmor weapons to ensure the
best shot (rear, flank, or top).
(c) Using the remainder of the platoon as support and security
elements.
d. Determines a tentative ambush formation.
e. Determines weapons and equipment available to the enemy, if
possible.
f. Determines enemy's route and direction of movement.
g. Determines and or projects times that the targeted unit will reach or
pass specified points along the route.
h. Determines a scheme of maneuver. (For area ambushes.)
i. Develops criteria for initiation of the ambush.
j. Designates the engagement techniques, if different from tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP).
k. Plans/marks withdrawal routes.
l. Determines actions in the EA.
m. Designates an assault element, support element, and security element.
n. Plans indirect fires in the EA to destroy the enemy and cover the
withdrawal of the platoon.
o. Coordinates passage of lines through friendly units as required.
(Coordinating Draft)
111
(Coordinating Draft)
* 4. Platoon leader addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
9. Platoon conducts tactical movement to the ASLT PSN.
a. Conducts passage of lines through friendly units as required.
b. Secures and occupies the ASLT PSN in accordance with (IAW) the
order or TSOP.
c. Designates the ASLT PSN chain of command.
d. Issues a contingency plan to the ASLT PSN leadership.
*10. Platoon leader conducts a leader's reconnaissance with key personnel to
confirm or modify his plan.
a. Designates key leaders to accompany him (may include forward
observer [FO], element leaders, communications).
b. Forms a security element for the party.
c. Conducts a passage of lines, if required.
d. Ensures the reconnaissance party moves undetected.
e. Pinpoints the objective or EA.
f. Establishes security at the objective or EA location.
g. Verifies and updates intelligence information.
h. Selects security, support, and assault positions.
(1) Selects security position(s) that:
(a) Provide early warning of enemy approach into the EA or
toward any platoon element.
(b) Provide covered and concealed positions.
(c) Allow elements to secure the platoon, prevents escape from
the EA, and prevents reinforcement of the enemy in the EA.
(2) Selects support position(s) that:
(a) Permit observation and effective fires into the EA.
(b) Provide cover and concealment.
(3) Selects assault position(s) that:
(a) Provide cover and concealment.
(b) Allow observation and fire into the EA.
(c) Are close enough for rapid assault into the EA, if planned.
(d) Are protected by an obstacle (natural or manmade).
(Coordinating Draft)
112
(Coordinating Draft)
i. Selects a suitable EA that:
(1) Is located on a canalized avenue of approach or natural line of
drift.
(2) Restricts enemy maneuver on the ambush site.
j. Selects primary and alternate covered and concealed routes to and from
all positions and the ASLT PSN.
k. Leaves a surveillance team to observe the objective.
l. Returns to the ASLT PSN undetected.
*11. Platoon leader confirms or modifies his ambush plan based on the
reconnaissance.
a. Allows time for subordinate leaders to disseminate any changes to the
plan.
b. Assigns security, support, and assault positions.
c. Designates withdrawal routes back to the ASLT PSN.
d. Designates control measures at the ambush site.
e. Designates the ambush formation based on his estimate of the
situation.
f. Designates a security element to stay in the ASLT PSN, if the platoon
intends to return to the ASLT PSN after completion of the ambush.
g. Reports readiness to execute to higher headquarters.
*12. Security element leader moves his element from the ASLT PSN and
occupies their positions.
a. Move tactically to the positions.
b. Departs the ASLT PSN and moves tactically to designated positions.
c. Designate the individual sectors of observation and fire, and develop
sector sketches.
d. Positions early warning detection devices first.
e. Emplace antipersonnel mines, antitank mines, and obstacles, as the
threat dictates.
f. Secures the flanks of the ambush site and provides detection and early
warning of enemy approach.
g. Check positions from the enemy side to verify concealment, if possible.
(Leaders do not enter the EA.)
h. Ensures coverage of dismounted avenues of approach in the ambush
site.
i. Observes noise and light discipline.
j. Positions supporting mortars to provide fire into the EA and to support
the security elements with indirect fire, if applicable.
k. Positions soldiers for best control.
l. Maintains communication with the platoon leader.
(Coordinating Draft)
113
(Coordinating Draft)
m. Ensures the occupation and establishment of the positions is
undetected by the enemy.
n. Informs the platoon leader when the positions are established
*13. When the security elements are in position, or on the platoon leader's
order, the support and assault element leaders move their elements from the
ASLT PSNand occupy their positions by the time specified in the order.
*14. Platoon leader, platoon sergeant, FSO, and subordinate leaders position
themselves for control.
*15. Element leaders ensure their elements make final preparations.
a. Maintain communications with the platoon leader.
b. Ensure the occupation and establishment of the positions are
undetected by the enemy.
c. Report to the platoon leader when the positions are established.
16. Platoon maintains operations security, and executes active deception to
deceive the enemy as to the ambush location and the strength of the attack.
17. When the security element detects the enemy, it alerts the platoon leader.
a. Reports the size of the target and the direction of movement.
b. Reports any special weapons or equipment carried.
*18. Platoon leader alerts higher headquarters upon receipt of the alert from the
security element.
a. Uses arm and hand signals to notify the rest of the platoon.
b. Assesses the situation and determines if the ambush should be
executed.
*19. Platoon leader initiates the ambush, or authorizes a subordinate leader to
initiate the ambush.
a. Surprises the enemy.
b. Initiates the ambush with the largest casualty producing weapon
available. If ambushing mounted elements, the leader initiates the
ambush with multiple, simultaneous antiarmor shots.
c. Ensures assault and support elements deliver accurate fire. All
weapons engage targets that are suitable to their characteristics.
d. Uses the security elements to block any enemy attempts to maneuver
and engage the ambush forces, to prevent reinforcement of the enemy in
the EA, and to block escape from the EA.
e. Uses supporting mortars and other indirect fire support to support the
ambush.
f. Employs the reserves to block enemy escape from the EA, to prevent
enemy reinforcement of the EA, or to block counterattacks, if needed.
g. Signals the support element to lift or shift all supporting fires.
20. On order from the platoon leader, the assault element assaults the target
before it can react effectively.
(Coordinating Draft)
114
(Coordinating Draft)
a. Kills or captures enemy forces.
b. Destroys or captures enemy equipment and documents, within the
commander's intent.
21. All special elements accomplish their tasks immediately after the assault
element establishes local security beyond the EA.
a. Process EPWs .
b. Treat and evacuate casualties.
c. Process captured documents and or equipment IAW the OPORD or
unit SOP.
*22. Platoon leader signals for withdrawal from the ambush site.
a. Withdraws to ASLT PSN.
b. Covers the withdrawal of the assault element from the EA from the
support position using pre planned indirect fire.
23. Platoon reorganizes and consolidates.
*24. Platoon leader consolidates PIR reports.
*25. Platoon leader reports the results of the ambush and platoon status.
26. Platoon processes and or secures captured documents and or equipment
IAW the OPORD or TSOP.
27. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1099 Conduct a Passage of Lines as the Passing Unit
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1216 Conduct an Infiltration or Exfiltration (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1252 Conduct Overwatch and or Support by Fire (Antiarmor/Infantry
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
115
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-1270
07-3-2009
07-3-2054
07-3-3009
07-3-4009
07-3-4027
07-3-4045
07-3-5000
07-3-5009
07-3-5027
07-3-5036
07-3-5081
07-3-6027
Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
116
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct an Infiltration or Exfiltration (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (073-1216)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct an
infiltration/exfiltration. The purpose of the infiltration/exfiltration (gather information, attack
an enemy position from the rear, conduct a raid or ambush, capture prisoners, seize key
terrain, or aid the main attack) is identified by higher headquarters. All necessary
personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has been provided guidance on the
rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this
task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the infiltration/exfiltration in accordance with
(IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. The platoon moves through the enemy area without being detected. The platoon
accomplishes the designated purpose of the mission. The platoon complies with the ROE
and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
(2) Marks rally points that are easily identifiable.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Identifies routes to and from the rally points.
(5) Identifies infiltration/exfiltration routes.
b. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support, if
available.
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
d. Organizes the platoon to facilitate control of the infiltration and or
exfiltration.
(1) Decides whether to move the entire platoon together through the
platoon's lane or to assigns each squad a separate infiltration or
exfiltration lane.
e. Coordinates for passage of lines with forward or rear unit, if necessary.
(Coordinating Draft)
117
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
f. Coordinates with flank units, if necessary.
g. Establishes control measures.
h. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
i. Designates methods of communications.
(1) Arranges predetermined signals to minimize radio traffic.
(2) Uses visual signals or messengers to relay information whenever
possible.
* 4. Platoon leader employs patrols to find routes, gaps, and weaknesses in
enemy positions.
a. Selects routes that avoid areas occupied or covered by enemy
elements.
b. Ensures routes provide cover and concealment.
* 5. Platoon leader assigns lanes and release points (RP) to subordinate
elements.
* 6. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 7. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
8. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
a. Tailors each dismounted soldier's load to the minimum required for the
operation.
* 9. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
10. Platoon INFILTRATES.
a. Conducts forward passage of lines.
b. Maintains communications during movement.
c. Separates into infiltrating elements at designated rally points.
d. Takes advantage of gaps and weaknesses in enemy positions, as well
as limited visibility, bad weather, and broken terrain affording cover and
concealment.
e. Avoids enemy contact whenever possible.
Note: If contact is made, avoids becoming decisively engaged, breaks contact,
and continues movement to the rally point.
(1) Avoids enemy contact by halting and hiding.
g. Maintains dispersion and strict noise, light, and camouflage discipline.
h. Infiltrates by entire platoon or by separate squads as specified during
planning.
i. Uses battlefield noise (including artillery) to mask movement.
j. Engages the enemy as necessary, using support by fire and or indirect
fires.
11. Platoon elements conduct linkup at rally point, if necessary.
(Coordinating Draft)
118
(Coordinating Draft)
a. Conducts long-range recognition signals/communications.
(1) Establishes communications before entering direct fire weapon
range.
(2) Authenticates correctly and or responds to challenges in
accordance with (IAW) the signal operating instructions (SOI), as
necessary.
(3) Confirms short-range recognition symbols.
b. Completes linkup, taking these actions:
(1) Conducts short-range recognition.
(2) Completes movement to rally point.
c. Establish local security rally point.
12. Platoon conducts actions on the rally point.
a. Consolidates and reorganizes.
b. Secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
c. Reports completion of linkup to the higher commander.
d. Treats and evacuates casualties.
e. Secures/processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
13. Platoon continues operations as directed.
14. Platoon sends updated situation reports (SITREP) to the higher commander
as necessary.
15. Platoon EXFILTRATES.
Note: Planning and performance steps for exfiltration generally mirror those for
infiltration. A rearward passage of lines would be conducted.
16. Platoon completes exfiltration.
a. Consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
b. Directs reconnaissance to find routes, gaps, and weaknesses in enemy
positions.
c. Secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
d. Conducts movement to designated area following rearward passage of
lines.
e. Reports completion of infiltration/exfiltration to higher commander.
f. Treats and evacuates casualties.
g. Processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
17. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
119
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1459 Take Action on Contact (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1081 Conduct a Link-up (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1099 Conduct a Passage of Lines as the Passing Unit
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5081 Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
120
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct Convoy Escort (Infantry Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1225)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct convoy
escort at the location and time specified. The platoon serves as the advance guard, main
body, or rear guard. All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon
has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has
been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction
(ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment.
Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts convoy escort in accordance with (IAW) tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance. The
platoon completes necessary coordination with the escorted element. The platoon
positions its self as directed and provides effective protection as the advance guard, main
body, or rear guard of the convoy. During halts, the platoon maintains local security. The
platoon complies with ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies likely enemy ambush locations or obstacle sites.
(2) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Verifies time and location of linkup with the escorted element (if linkup
is required).
(1) Verifies visual signals (far and near for linkup).
c. Inspects platoon vehicles escorting convoy.
d. Determines chain of command/command relationship with escorted
element.
e. Determines composition (number and type of vehicles) of the convoy.
f. Determines order of march.
g. Determines primary and alternate routes of march.
h. Determines graphic control measures for primary and alternate routes.
i. Determines availability of strip maps.
j. Determines location of platoon in relation to convoy (advanced guard,
(Coordinating Draft)
121
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
main body, or rear guard).
k. Determines fire coordination measures.
l. Determines actions at halts (scheduled and unscheduled).
m. Determines actions on contact.
n. Determines actions in case of vehicle breakdown.
o. Determines actions for a break in column.
p. Determines actions in built up areas.
q. Determines riot control procedures.
r. Determines refugee control measures and convoy actions.
s. Determine actions at the delivery site.
t. Determines guidelines and procedures for negotiating with local
authorities if required.
u. Determines communications and signal information.
v. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
* 4. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 5. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
6. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
a. Conducts pre combat checks.
b. Conducts pre combat inspections.
7. Platoon conducts linkup with the convoy, if required.
Note: In some situations, linkup may occur before the platoon leader conducts
and or completes troop leading procedures.
a. Conducts tactical movement to linkup point.
b. Uses far and near recognition signals as appropriate.
c. Occupies covered and concealed position at the linkup site.
d. Coordinates with the escorted element to determine any changes to or
verify platoon tasks, convoy actions, and other details of the escort
mission.
e. Inspect escorted vehicles if time available.
8. Platoon conducts convoy escort.
Note: If conducting independent convoy escort, the platoon leader disperses
the platoon vehicles throughout the formation to provide forward, flank, and rear
security.
a. Designated as advanced guard.
Note: The advanced guard may be task organized with reconnaissance and
mobility assets and linguists as necessary.
(1) Reconnoiters and clears the convoy route.
(Coordinating Draft)
122
(Coordinating Draft)
(2) Uses most advantageous formation and movement technique if
not assigned.
(3) Uses covered and concealed routes if possible.
(4) Searches for signs of enemy activity such as ambushes and
obstacles.
(5) Identifies obstacles.
(6) Maintains proper weapons orientation to ensure 360 degree
security.
(7) Conducts actions on contact.
b. Designated to accompany main body. (The platoon will normally
operate within the main body.)
(1) Remains oriented on the route.
(2) Uses most advantageous/assigned formation and movement
technique.
(3) Uses covered and concealed routes.
(4) Covers all lateral and boundary routes.
(5) Maintains proper weapons orientation to ensure 360 degree or
flank security.
(6) Conducts actions on contact.
c. Designated as rear guard.
Note: The rear guard serves as a reserve and will either move with the convoy
or be located at a staging area close enough to provide immediate action
against enemy forces.
(1) Reacts as directed against enemy forces.
(2) Provides security in the area behind the main body of the vehicle
column.
9. Platoon conducts actions at halts for any reason other than an obstacle.
a. Moves off the route and takes up protected positions forward, to the
rear, and to the flanks (up to 100 meters beyond the convoy vehicles) and
orient weapons systems outwards.
b. Remains at REDCON-1.
c. Establishes dismounted local security.
(1) Once the convoy is reestablished in column, local security
elements (if used) return to their escort vehicles and rejoin the
column.
Note: When the order is given to move out, convoy vehicles reestablish
movement formation, leaving space for escort vehicles.
11. Platoon executes actions on contact. (Portions of the convoy escort force,
such as a machine gun squad or section, may be designated as a reaction
force. The reaction force performs its escort duties, conducts tactical
movement, or occupies an assembly area as required until enemy contact
(Coordinating Draft)
123
(Coordinating Draft)
occurs when it is given a reaction mission by the convoy commander.)
a. Conducts actions at an ambush.
(1) Lays down suppressive fires in the direction of the attack and
attempts to quickly clear the kill zone.
(2) Seeks covered positions between the convoy and the enemy and
suppresses the enemy with the highest possible volume of fire
permitted by ROE.
(3) Pushes damaged and or disabled vehicles off route or bypasses
them.
(4) Sends contact reports to higher headquarters as quickly as
possible.
(5) Requests support from the reaction force.
(6) Requests indirect fires to suppress and or destroy the enemy
(lifting and shifting the fires when the platoon assaults).
(7) Requests smoke between the enemy and the convoy to obscure
the enemy's line of sight.
(8) Executes one of the following courses of action (COAs), once the
convoy is clear of the kill zone. (Action is based on the composition
of the escort and reaction forces, the commander's intent, and the
strength of the enemy force.)
(a) Continues to suppress the enemy as the rear guard and or
reaction force moves to provide support.
(b) Breaks contact and moves out of the kill zone.
Note: In most situations, escort vehicles will continue to suppress the enemy or
execute an assault. Contact should be broken only with the approval of the
platoon's higher commander.
( c) Assaults the enemy
12. Advance guard conducts actions at a point type obstacle.
a. Identifies the obstacle.
b. Directs the convoy to make a short halt.
c. Moves to the flanks of the convoy and establishes and maintains
mounted and dismounted (360 degree) security.
d. Sends a contact report to the platoon leader and or the convoy
commander.
(1) Requests the breach force to come forward.
e. Secures the breach site.
f. Provides overwatch as the breach force comes forward, and recons for
a bypass.
*13. Platoon leader sends a contact report or situation report (SITREP) to the
convoy commander:
a. Recommends bypassing the obstacle.
(Coordinating Draft)
124
(Coordinating Draft)
b. Recommends breaching the obstacle with assets on hand.
c. Recommends requesting additional breaching assets.
14. Platoon reduces or bypasses the obstacle and maintains protection for the
convoy.
15. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
a. Reports SITREP to higher.
16. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
17. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
18. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
19. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1459 Take Action on Contact (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1027 Breach an Obstacle (Infantry Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1081 Conduct a Link-up (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1423 Secure a Route (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2000 Conduct a Route Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
125
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct Operations during Limited Visibility
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1234)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a mission
during limited visibility conditions. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent,
and subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of
engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants
may be present in the operational environment.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the mission in accordance with (IAW) tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's intent and
guidance. The platoon meets the standards of the task being conducted (i.e. raid, attack,
ambush). The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Note: Any platoon task may be executed during limited visibility conditions. The
following outline covers planning for the execution of operations during limited
visibility. The T&EO for the assigned mission (Conduct a Raid, Conduct an
Ambush, and so forth) should be used in conjunction with this outline.
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
2. Platoon leader plans for operations during limited visibility.
a. Considers light and terrain when identifying weapons positions.
b. Requests updated weather information and light conditions from higher.
c. Considers reduced light levels when developing graphics and sketches.
d. Considers all possible situations when planning for the mission; such as
deteriorating weather, disorientation, loss of depth perception, and
equipment failure.
e. Develops a plan.
(1) Is simple yet maintains the necessary level of detail.
(2) Takes advantage of the greatest use of available daylight for
reconnaissance.
(3) Incorporates battlefield illumination.
(4) Considers the employment of obscurants.
g. Develops tactical control procedures.
(1) Enforces SOP for friendly identification. (Includes radio and other
audible and visual signals).
(2) Reduces the rate of movement and enforces closer intervals so
visual contact between platoon members can be maintained.
(Coordinating Draft)
126
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
(3) Uses guides to assist navigation when possible.
(4) Uses low-light sources to mark boundaries.
(5) Uses landmarks to maintain direction.
(6) Uses preplanned indirect fire targets to help determine location
and direction.
3. Platoon leader or platoon sergeant briefs the following as a minimum.
a. Brief weather including sunset, moon rise, moon set, percent moon
available, ambient light level, and effect of cloud coverage on ambient
light levels. (Weather forecasts should cover from one hour before
mission begins.)
b. Brief visibility restrictions such as smoke, haze, or fog.
c. Brief formations.
d. Brief possible hazard and obstructions located in the area of
operations.
e. Brief mission to be performed.
f. Brief vehicle and or equipment preparation.
g. Brief communications (predetermined audio or visual signals).
h. Brief signal(s) for formation changes.
i. Brief equipment recovery plans.
j. Brief emergency procedures such as equipment breakdowns.
k. Brief fire support.
l. Brief medical evacuation
m. Brief safety concerns.
4. Leaders enforce dark adaptation procedures IAW the TSOP.
5. Platoon conducts assigned mission during limited visibility conditions.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
(Coordinating Draft)
127
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
128
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct Operations with Armored or Mechanized Vehicles in an Urban
Environment (Infantry Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1243)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD)/fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct an
operation with armored and or mechanized vehicles. Vehicles are task organized to the
platoon. The parent unit retains responsibility for logistical support. All necessary
personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher,
adjacent, subordinate, and supporting elements. The platoon has been provided guidance
on the Rules of Engagement (ROE) and or Rules of Interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this
task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the operation with armored vehicles in
accordance with tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or
commander's guidance. The platoon completes all necessary coordination with attached
armor element. The platoon leader/squad leader employs armored vehicles according to
doctrine. The platoon coordinates necessary combat service support (CSS). The platoon
complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Develops a platoon fire plan.
b. Integrates mounted infantry and tank fires into the platoon fire plan
c. Ensures all leaders understand the limitations and capabilities of the
armored force.
d. Coordinates signals for lifting and shifting fires.
e. Plans communications.
(1) Ensures communications equipment is compatible.
(2) Ensures frequencies, call signs, and signals are understood by all
elements.
Note: During defensive operations, infantry platoons can run wire to armored
vehicles to aid communications.
f. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission.
(Normally one tank supports an infantry squad.)
* 4. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to all elements to keep them abreast of the situation.
(Coordinating Draft)
129
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
* 5. Platoon leader briefs the maneuver and fire support plan.
* 6. Platoon leader briefs signals for lifting and shifting fires.
* 7. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
8. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 9. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
10. Platoon provides dismounted support to armored and or mechanized
vehicles.
Note: Coordination between the platoon/squad leader and armored vehicles
must be close and continuous.
a. Leads vehicles through:
(1) Built up areas.
(2) Other restrictive terrain.
(3) Defiles.
b. Acts as guides during limited visibility.
c. Finds, marks, breaches, or finds a bypass around antiarmor obstacles.
d. Detects, suppresses, or destroys enemy antiarmor positions.
e. Designates targets for vehicles.
f. Protects vehicles in close terrain.
11. Platoon uses armored and or mechanized vehicles on urban terrain.
a. Uses armored and or mechanized vehicles in the offense.
(1) To provide covering fires when assaulting buildings/positions and
clearing buildings.
(2) To destroy enemy gunners within buildings and adjacent
structures.
(3) To isolate the objective building to prevent enemy withdrawal,
reinforcement, and or counterattack.
(4) To establish roadblocks or barricade to help isolate the objective
building.
(5) To secure cleared portions of the objective.
(6) To provide obscuring smoke.
(7) To breach walls.
(8) To destroy positions in a building with direct fire.
(9) To evacuate casualties from areas of direct fire.
b. Uses armored and or mechanized vehicles in the defense.
(1) To provide fire support to rifle squads and mutual support for
each other.
(2) To destroy armored vehicles.
(Coordinating Draft)
130
(Coordinating Draft)
(3) To neutralize or suppress enemy positions.
(4) To provide rapid protected transport for rifle squads.
(5) To reinforce threatened areas.
(6) To resupply rifle squads.
(7) To evacuate casualties from areas of direct fire.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1279 Conduct Tactical Movement in a Built-up Area
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
131
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct Stay-behind Operations (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1261)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct stay
behind operations at a specified location and time. All necessary personnel and equipment
are available. The enemy has indirect fire and close air support (CAS) capabilities. The
platoon must provide its own security. The platoon has communications with higher,
adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules
of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this
task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts stay behind operations in accordance with
(IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. The platoon task organizes for the mission, performs reconnaissance,
coordinates combat service support (CSS), develops a deception plan, and develops the
concept of operation. The platoon prevents the enemy from learning its location, strength,
and intentions. The platoon avoids decisive engagement. The platoon links up with friendly
forces at the time and place specified by the order. The platoon complies with the ROE
and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans for a DELIBERATE stay behind operation using troop
leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies tentative objective rally point (ORP), if used, and
observation posts (OPs).
(2) Identifies tentative, security, support by fire, and assault
positions.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Identifies routes to and from the ORP and OPs.
(5) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support, if
available.
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
d. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
(Coordinating Draft)
132
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
compensate for combat losses.
(1) Uses only those personnel and equipment needed.
* 4. Platoon leader addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 6. Platoon leader or platoon sergeant requests additional combat support
(CS) or combat service support (CSS) assets, as needed (forward observer
personnel, medics, engineers, antiarmor weapons, machine guns, demolitions,
or special equipment).
a. Stocks additional supplies for support when not in contact with friendly
units.
b. Plans possible caches.
c. Coordinates for casualty and enemy prisoners of war (EPWs)
evacuation.
* 7. Platoon leader integrates the platoon deception plan into the higher
headquarters deception plan.
* 8. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
9. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
*10. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
11. Platoon moves to the ORP, if used.
a. Secures the ORP.
*12. Platoon leader and reconnaissance element conducts the reconnaissance
(based on mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time available, and civilian
considerations [METT-TC]).
a. Identifies suitable sites for patrol bases.
b. Identifies suitable sites for OPs.
c. Identifies suitable sites for caches.
d. Identifies water sources.
e. Identifies avenues of approach (mounted and foot).
f. Identifies/selects kill zones.
g. Identifies/selects engagement areas.
h. Identifies likely enemy objectives and positions.
i. Identifies/selects covered and concealed approach routes.
j. Verifies and updates intelligence information.
k. Returns to the ORP or platoon position.
*13. Platoon leader adjust the plan based on updated intelligence and
reconnaissance effort.
*14. Platoon leader updates the enemy situation.
*15. Platoon leader disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and
(Coordinating Draft)
133
(Coordinating Draft)
other pertinent information.
16. Platoon conducts stay behind operation.
a. Executes deception activities IAW the deception plan, guidance from
higher headquarters, and the order.
(1) Keeps radio transmissions brief and encoded.
b. Moves undetected to the hide position.
c. Remains undetected by the enemy during the operation.
17. Platoon conducts combat operations against the enemy.
a. Attacks high priority targets in enemy's rear [command and control
(C2), combat support (CS), combat service support (CSS), lines of
communication] based on the commander's intent or the platoon mission.
b. Collects intelligence on enemy forces.
c. Calls for and controls artillery and air strikes.
d. Avoids decisive engagement by the enemy unless required by the
commander's intent.
*18. Platoon leader provides situation report (SITREP) as necessary and or
IAW the TSOP.
*19. If the platoon is cut off from friendly units and has standing orders to
conduct UNPLANNED stay behind operations, the platoon leader completes
the following.
a. Establishes local security, to include OPs and early warning devices.
b. Notifies the company.
c. Makes an estimate based on the enemy situation and the status of
elements under platoon control and plans the operation.
d. Decides whether to remain in position or to move to a hide position in a
different location based on the situation estimate.
e. Follows the same procedures as in a deliberate stay behind operation.
20. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
21. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
22. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
23. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
24. Platoon links up with friendly forces as directed.
a. Determines the manner of regaining contact with friendly units.
b. Conducts linkup as a moving or a stationary unit.
c. Returns to friendly unit not later than the time specified in the order or
as directed by higher headquarters.
25. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
134
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1459 Take Action on Contact (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1063 Conduct a Delay (Infantry Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1081 Conduct a Link-up (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1216 Conduct an Infiltration or Exfiltration (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2000 Conduct a Route Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2018 Establish an Observation Post (OP) (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
135
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1270)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a mission
at the location and time specified. The platoon must move tactically to prevent the enemy
from detecting its activities or intent. All necessary personnel and equipment are available.
The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The
platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of
interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational
environment. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility
conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts tactical movement in accordance with (IAW)
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, commander's guidance, and or
the appropriate field manual. The platoon moves using the route or axis of advance,
formations, and techniques of movement as specified or as dictated by factors of mission,
enemy, terrain, troops, time available, and civil considerations (METT-TC). The platoon
maintains all around security during movement. The platoon complies with the ROE and or
ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies routes that provide cover and concealment from direct
and indirect fires.
(a) Offers concealment from ground and air
(b) Avoids skylining (silhouetting).
(c) Avoids moving directly forward from firing positions.
(d) Avoids open areas and potential kill zones.
(e) Avoids obvious avenues of approach.
(f) Avoids known enemy and or natural obstacles.
(2) Identifies coordination points, passage points, and boundaries.
(3) Identifies adjacent units.
(4) Identifies potential danger areas.
(5) Plots waypoints on easily recognizable terrain and on significant
(Coordinating Draft)
136
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
turns on the route for ease in navigation.
(6) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Develops control measures.
(1) Develops limited visibility marking to aid in command and control
at night.
c. Develops a movement plan.
(1) Selects a tentative formation based on METT-TC. (Mounted and
or dismounted)
(2) Coordinates formation with other elements moving in the main
body formation, if using a different formation than the remainder of
the higher headquarters.
(3) Selects the tentative movement technique based on METT-TC.
d. Plans the use of dismounts, if mounted, when any of the following
conditions apply:
(1) Detailed reconnaissance is required.
(2) Stealth is required.
(3) Enemy contact is expected or visual contact has been made.
(4) Vehicle movement is restricted by terrain.
(5) Time is not limited.
(6) Security is the primary concern.
e. Coordinates linkup with vehicles, if dismounted.
f. Integrates indirect fire support for mounted and dismounted tactical
movement.
g. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
h. Coordinates passage of lines as necessary.
i. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 4. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 5. Platoon leader briefs the movement plan.
a. Specifies conditions under which the platoon/squad will change
movement techniques and or formations.
b. Designates bounding and overwatch elements based on METT-TC.
c. Briefs waypoints for checkpoints, boundaries, etc..
d. Briefs signals and FM commands used for command and control.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
* 9. Platoon leader and reconnaissance element conducts the reconnaissance
(Coordinating Draft)
137
(Coordinating Draft)
based on METT-TC.
a. Confirms the route and objective.
b. Establishes security along the route and at the objective, as necessary.
c. Selects security, support, and assault positions, if applicable.
d. Verifies and updates intelligence information.
e. Leaves a surveillance team to observe the objective if applicable.
f. Returns to the platoon position.
*10. Platoon leader adjusts the plan based on updated intelligence and
reconnaissance effort.
*11. Platoon leader disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information.
*12. Platoon leader initiates movement to line of departure (LD).
Note: The platoon normally will move together as one prior to executing the LD.
13. Platoon conducts passage of lines, if required.
14. Platoon moves using the appropriate formation as designated by the
platoon and or squad leader.
a. Uses MOUNTED formations based on METT-TC.
(1) Column formation.
(a) Used when speed is critical, when the platoon is moving
through restricted terrain on a specific route, or when enemy
contact is not likely.
(2) Wedge formation.
(a) Used when contact is possible or the enemy situation is
unclear.
(3) Line formation.
(a) Used when assaulting a weakly defended objective,
crossing open areas, or in a support-by-fire position.
(4) Echelon formation.
(a) Used to maintain security and or observation of one flank
when enemy contact is not likely.
(5) Coil formation.
(a) Used to provide all-round security and observation when the
platoon is stationary.
(6) Herringbone formation.
(a) Used to disperse the platoon when traveling in column
formation.
b. Uses DISMOUNTED formations based on METT-TC.
(1) Column formation. (Primary platoon movement formation.)
(2) Wedge formation. (Basic formation for the fire team.)
(Coordinating Draft)
138
(Coordinating Draft)
(a) Used when the enemy situation is vague, but contact is
NOT expected.
(3) Line formation, squads on line.
(a) Used when the leader wants all soldiers forward for
maximum firepower and the enemy situation is known.
(4) Line formation, squads in column.
(a) Used when the leader does not want everyone on line, but
wants to be prepared for contact when crossing the LD.
(5) Vee formation.
(a) Used when the enemy situation is vague, but contact IS
expected from the front.
(6) File formation.
(a) Used when the terrain precludes use of the wedge.
(b) Used when visibility is poor.
c. Adjusts formation during limited visibility to maintain visibility between
vehicles, individuals, teams, and squads, and to maintain the rate of
movement.
15. Platoon executes movement technique as directed by the platoon and or
squad leader.
a. Adjusts the movement technique to provide greater security as the
probability of enemy contact increases.
b. Employs traveling technique as ordered.
(1) Assumes correct order of march as directed by the platoon and
or squad leader.
(2) Moves continuously as one unit, with elements trailing one after
the other.
(3) Maintains interval and dispersion between vehicles as terrain and
weather permit.
(4) Uses terrain-driving techniques by individual vehicles to reduce
exposure, if applicable.
(5) Maintains visual contact between lead and trail elements.
(6) Maintains platoon and or squad integrity as much as possible and
organizes the formation for ease of deployment during the upcoming
mission.
(7) Maintains areas of responsibility for observation and fire to
ensure 360-degree security.
c. Employs traveling overwatch technique as ordered.
(1) Sections and or teams assume positions as lead (bounding) and
trail (overwatch) elements as designated by the platoon and or
squad leader.
(2) Lead element moves continuously.
(Coordinating Draft)
139
(Coordinating Draft)
(3) Trail element halts periodically at advantageous vantage points to
provide overwatch and or base of fire for the lead element.
(4) Individual vehicles use terrain-driving techniques to reduce
exposure, if applicable.
(5) Platoon and or squad leader maintains command and control of
the platoon or squad, using hand and arm signals or FM
communications as the terrain allows.
(6) Maintains 360-degree security.
d. Employs bounding overwatch technique as ordered.
Note: The platoon and or squad leader designates the initial bounding and
initial overwatch elements and specifies either the alternate or successive
bounding method.
(1) Employs alternate bounds.
Note: In this method, the trail element advances PAST the lead element to the
next overwatch position. This method is usually more rapid than successive
bounds.
(a) Repeat sequence of bounding past each other until the
platoon and or squad halts, the movement technique is
changed, or the platoon and or squad transitions to maneuver
by conducting actions on contact.
(2) Employs successive bounds.
Note: The trail element moves to an overwatch position that is approximately
ABREAST of the lead element. This method is easier to control and more
secure than alternate bounding, but it is slower.
(a) Repeat sequence of bounding abreast of each other until
the platoon and or squad halts, the movement technique is
changed, or the platoon and or squad transitions to maneuver
by conducting actions on contact.
*16. Platoon and or squad leader positions himself where he can best control
and execute the desired formation.
17. Platoon maintains formation with correct interval, speed, and or lateral
dispersion IAW platoon and or squad leader's guidance or TSOP.
18. Platoon orients weapons and or weapon systems to provide security and
maximize firepower as necessary.
19. Platoon moves undetected to the designated point specified in the OPORD.
20. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary during and or after
movement.
21. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
22. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties as appropriate.
23. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
24. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
140
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1099 Conduct a Passage of Lines As Passing Unit (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-1459 Take Action on Contact (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1099 Conduct a Passage of Lines as the Passing Unit
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1189 Conduct Actions at Danger Areas (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon)
07-3-1216 Conduct an Infiltration or Exfiltration (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2000 Conduct a Route Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5081 Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
141
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct Tactical Movement in a Built-up Area (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1279)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a mission
in a built-up area at the location and time specified. All necessary personnel and
equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and
subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of
engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants
may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be
conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts tactical movement on in a built-up area in
accordance with (IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order,
commander's guidance, and or platoon leaders direction. The platoon moves on the
specified route using the appropriate formation and technique and arrives at the specified
destination. The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Considers routes for dismounted elements that:
(a) Provides cover and concealment from ground and air
observation and fires.
(b) Avoids sky lining (silhouetting).
(c) Avoids moving directly forward from firing positions.
(d) Avoids open areas and potential kill zones.
(e) Avoids obvious avenues of approach.
(f) Do not mask friendly suppressive fires.
(g) Allows infiltration as a maneuver to place small teams into
position.
(2) Consider routes for mounted elements that.
(a) Provides cover and concealment from ground and air
observation and fires.
(b) Avoids sky lining (silhouetting).
(Coordinating Draft)
142
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
(c) Avoids moving directly forward from firing positions.
(d) Avoids open areas and potential kill zones.
(e) Avoids obvious avenues of approach.
(f) Do not mask friendly suppressive fires.
b. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support, if
available.
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
d. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
* 4. Platoon leader addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
9. Platoon moves only after defenders' fires have been suppressed or
obscured, if applicable.
10. Platoon moves at night or during other periods of reduced visibility.
11. Platoon moves using concealment of smoke provided by supporting
vehicles or assets.
*12. Platoon leader prepares DISMOUNTED elements for tactical movement in
a built-up area.
a. Reduces the overall load of dismounted elements, if possible, due to
the extreme physical requirements of the urban battlefield.
b. Designates the movement element and the overwatch element.
c. Designates the movement technique to be used based on mission,
enemy, terrain, troops, time available and civilian considerations (METTTC).
(1) Uses traveling when enemy contact is not likely.
(2) Uses traveling overwatch when enemy contact is likely.
(3) Uses bounding overwatch when enemy contact is expected.
Note: Normally, movement in a built-up area will be conducted dismounted or
with dismounted elements in the lead.
13. Platoon moves DISMOUNTED in a built-up area.
a. Moves on rooftops not covered by enemy direct fires.
b. Moves on covered and concealed route(s), whenever possible.
c. Moves along underground passages, through or behind buildings, along
walls, and over rooftops.
d. Moves in the streets, alleys, and other danger areas only when required
(Coordinating Draft)
143
(Coordinating Draft)
by the situation.
(1) Elements move in single file along the side of the street, staying
close to the buildings without "hugging" walls.
(2) Elements move quickly and members remain dispersed.
(3) Each soldier is assigned an area to observe so there is 360
degrees security.
Note: When moving with two squads or teams abreast, a technique is to have
each squad or team overwatch the buildings across the street, observing the
stories above the opposite moving element.
(4) Elements use smoke, rubble, and debris for cover and
concealment.
f. Rotates elements, during movement, as necessary.
g. Moves as two elements:
Note: Normally this includes a movement element and an overwatch element.
When necessary, these elements or parts of them exchange roles. If moving in
small elements, there may not be designated overwatch elements.
(1) Moves forward; reconnoiters danger areas; and closes with the
enemy. [The movement element (one or two squads/teams, if terrain
is open as in a wide street).]
(2) Moves behind the lead element and secures the flanks and rear.
[The overwatch element (the rest of the platoon/squad and
supporting weapons).]
Note: Elements moving by themselves or infiltrating may not have support
elements.
h. Crosses urban danger areas using cover, concealment, speed, and
overwatch.
Note: An element normally crosses as a dispersed group at the same time, but
METT-TC conditions may cause the element leader to decide to cross in buddy
teams or individually.
i. Maintains security.
(1) Clears buildings as necessary to continue movement.
(2) Identifies, reports, marks, and bypasses enemy obstacles, mines,
and booby traps.
15. Platoon moves MOUNTED in a built-up area.
a. Maintain close and continuous communications/coordination with
dismounted element leaders.
b. Follow dismounted elements that:
(1) Act as guides during limited visibility.
(2) Find, mark, breach, or find a bypass around antiarmor obstacles.
(3) Detect, suppress, or destroy enemy antiarmor positions.
(4) Designate targets for armored vehicles.
(Coordinating Draft)
144
(Coordinating Draft)
(5) Protect armored vehicles in close terrain.
c. Provide overwatch and fire support to dismounted elements.
16. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
17. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
18. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties as necessary.
19. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
20. Platoon leader reports to higher headquarters as required.
21. Platoon arrives at the specified location at the specified time.
22. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5081 Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
145
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Employ Protective Obstacle(s) (Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1315)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting defensive operations as part of a larger force and
is required to employ hasty protective obstacles to prevent surprise and give early warning
of enemy advance. Approval and a not later than (NLT) time for employment (minefields)
has been received from the company commander. The platoon has indirect fire support
available. All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has
communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been
provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI).
Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment.
Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon employs hasty protective obstacles in accordance with
(IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. Obstacles are integrated with direct and indirect fires, tied in with existing
obstacles, constructed in depth, employed for surprise, and support the tactical plan. The
platoon reports, records, and tracks protective obstacles as required. The platoon
complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information to squads.
* 3. Platoon leader submits the intention to emplace obstacles, if required by
the higher commander.
Note: If protective obstacle is a minefield, company commander must approve.
* 4. Platoon leader plans for protective obstacles using troop-leading
procedures.
Note: Deliberate protective obstacles may require engineer expertise and
equipment, if time is available.
a. Reconnoiters the terrain in front of the platoon position.
b. Analyzes the mission.
c. Analyzes the avenues of approach.
d. Analyzes engagement area, battle positions, and location of weapons
systems.
e. Determines possible obstacle locations and types, if not directed from
higher headquarters.
f. Determines obstacle priorities.
g. Determines resources available and necessary.
(Coordinating Draft)
146
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
h. Determines actual work sequence and time required.
i. Determines task organization.
j. Determines coordination required. (Engineer expertise and equipment
may be required.)
k. Plans for deception with possible phony minefields.
l. Identifies mobility requirements.
Note: These requirements generally dictate that the platoon leave lanes or gaps
in obstacles to allow patrols to enter and leave the position, counterattack and
reaction forces to move through the position, and logistic and support traffic to
enter and leave the position.
* 5. Platoon leader implements the plan.
a. Ensures obstacles support the tactical plan.
b. Ensures obstacles are covered by observation and fire.
c. Ensures obstacles tie in with and support the flank units, existing
obstacles, and fire plans (indirect and direct).
d. Ensures obstacles are deployed in depth.
e. Employs obstacles for surprise.
f. Positions obstacles outside hand grenade range.
g. Employs obstacles by priority IAW OPORD.
h. Coordinates obstacle locations with adjacent platoons.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
a. Assigns obstacle emplacement tasks to the squads (by sector or as a
task throughout the platoon area).
7. Squads emplace obstacles.
a. Construct and emplace the obstacles.
b. Maintain security during construction.
c. Camouflage the obstacles.
d. Mark the obstacle, if a minefield.
e. Record and track minefields on ANA Form 1355 or 1355-1-R, as
required.
f. Report initiation, progress, and completion to the platoon leader, as
required.
* 8. Platoon leader reports emplacement of obstacles to higher headquarters as
specified by the local command.
a. Reports progress, as required
b. Reports completion of obstacles followed by a completed ANA
Form1355 or 1355-1-R.
9. Platoon recovers obstacles, if required.
a. Recovers obstacles with the same personnel who emplaced them.
(Coordinating Draft)
147
(Coordinating Draft)
b. Disarms and recovers mines beginning with the row nearest the friendly
side, if the protective obstacle is a minefield.
c. Ensures the security force remains with the recovery team until all
obstacles are recovered.
*10. Platoon leader reports the removal of obstacles to the higher commander.
*11. Platoon leader transfers the responsibility of obstacles, as required.
a. Ensures the leader of the gaining unit (as applicable) signs an obstacle
turnover/transfer report.
b. Forwards a copy of the signed report, ANA Form 1355 or 1355-1-R, to
the higher commander.
12. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
052-192-3032 Direct Installation/Removal of a Hasty Protective Minefield
052-193-1003 Prime Explosives Nonelectrically
071-098-0002 Install a Mechanical Ambush
071-325-4425 Employ an M18A1 Claymore Mine
071-326-5606 Select an Overwatch Position
071-331-0820 Analyze Terrain
071-410-0010 Conduct a Leader's Reconnaissance
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-2000 Conduct a Route Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
(Coordinating Draft)
148
(Coordinating Draft)
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
149
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Establish a Checkpoint (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1324)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to establish a
checkpoint at the location and time specified. All necessary personnel and equipment are
available. A Quick Reaction Force (QRF) has been designated by higher headquarters.
The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The
platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of
interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational
environment. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility
conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon establishes and operates the checkpoint in accordance
with (IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. The position and orientation of barriers prevents passage or limits entry and exit
by personnel and vehicles in, to, or from the specified area. The platoon complies with the
ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies general location of checkpoint, if not assigned by higher
headquarters.
(2) Identifies likely avenues of approach.
(3) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Confirms the purpose of the checkpoint.
c. Confirms whether the checkpoint will be deliberate or hasty.
d. Identifies force requirements to execute the mission.
(1) Requests civil police or female military police (MP) support to
conduct female searches.
(2) Requests additional assets required to establish and operate the
checkpoint, e.g. engineer support, military working dog (MWD) team,
light sets, etc.
e. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support, if required. (e.g.,
illumination).
f. Identifies direct fire responsibilities, if applicable.
(Coordinating Draft)
150
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
g. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
(1) Designates security team(s).
(2) Designates vehicle search team(s).
(3) Designates personnel search team(s) (both female and male).
(a) Uses civil authorities or female soldiers for female search.
* 4. Platoon leader coordinates details of QRF employment with the higher
headquarters. At a minimum the platoon leader:
a. Confirms QRF radio frequency(s), call sign(s), and recognition signals.
b. Identifies QRF linkup points for the checkpoint.
c. Confirms linkup procedures.
d. Confirms battle hand off procedures.
e. Confirms procedures for transfer of information.
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
a. Reviews specific limitations on use of lethal force to stop a vehicle or
pedestrian who does not respond to instructions to stop.
b. Practices vehicle and personnel searches.
c. Practices questioning techniques.
d. Practices the inspection of documents.
(1) Required documents are present.
(2) Documents are current and appropriate for the area of operations
(AO).
(3) Documents are not counterfeit.
e. Practices apprehension and detention of civilian personnel IAW ROE,
ROI and mission instructions.
f. Practices processing contraband.
* 8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
* 9. Platoon leader and reconnaissance element conducts the reconnaissance,
time permitting.
a. Pinpoints the checkpoint location.
(1) Ensures the checkpoint cannot be seen from more than a short
distance away to prevent drivers from avoiding it.
Note: Ideal locations include culverts, bridges, and sharp bends or dips in a
road.
(2) Ensures the existence of the checkpoint will not present such a
(Coordinating Draft)
151
(Coordinating Draft)
surprise that drivers cannot stop safely.
c. Establishes security at the checkpoint, if required.
d. Verifies and updates intelligence information.
e. Leaves a surveillance team to observe the checkpoint, if required.
f. Returns to the platoon position.
*10. Platoon leader adjust the plan based on updated intelligence and
reconnaissance effort.
*11. Platoon leader disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information.
12. Platoon moves to and occupies checkpoint location.
Note: The same operational procedures are used in a hasty checkpoint as in a
deliberate checkpoint; however, mission requirements will dictate the
operational time and duration of hasty checkpoint operations. Limited time may
require the leader to modify performance measures in the initial establishment
and operation of the checkpoint. However, security of the soldiers operating a
checkpoint is essential. As time permits, the platoon should continue to improve
and develop the checkpoint to increase security and operational effectiveness.
a. Places checkpoint elements in mutually supporting positions.
13. Platoon constructs the checkpoint.
a. Emplaces parallel obstacles across the road to slow or block traffic.
b. Separates obstacles by enough space to accommodate the size and
number of vehicles to be held in the search area.
c. Establishes a lane for speedy transition of selected vehicles through the
checkpoints.
d. Establishes parking and or holding areas outside the perimeter for
personnel and vehicles waiting to enter the checkpoint.
e. Establishes vehicle search areas.
f. Prepares drop holes to provide protection for searchers.
g. Establishes separate search areas for males and females.
h. Establishes holding areas inside the perimeter where detained
personnel can be held and vehicles and equipment stored.
i. Provides adequate lighting for night operations.
j. Emplaces signs announcing the checkpoint and designating the speed
limit of approach, vehicle search area, vehicle parking area, male and
female search areas, and dismount point.
Note: Signs must be in the native language(s) to the area of operations.
l. Establishes supplementary positions from which the unit can block
personnel or vehicles that attempt to flee.
m. Establishes a rest area for personnel close enough to the search area
so that personnel can assemble and return quickly.
n. Ensures an interpreter is present at the checkpoint, if required.
(Coordinating Draft)
152
(Coordinating Draft)
o. Improves the checkpoint as time and situation permit.
14. Platoon conducts checkpoint operations.
a. Maintains all around security for the checkpoint.
(1) Positions an element in a concealed location to prevent the
escape of any vehicle or person attempting to turn back upon
sighting the checkpoint.
(2) Emplaces observation posts (OPs) to maintain observation of
mounted and dismounted approaches to the checkpoint.
(3) Provides security for soldier inspecting documents.
(a) Inspector is over watched by a guard whose mission is to
provide security for the inspector.
(b) Guard looks into the interior of the vehicle for suspicious
objects, efforts to hide contents, or threatening actions by
occupants of the vehicle.
(4) Employs sentries and patrols.
(5) Ensures fields of fire of the close in security element are not
masked.
(6) Develops measures for protecting individuals from effects of
intentional or accidental detonation of explosives during conduct of a
search.
Note: If possible, the vehicle search area should be dug into the ground to
deflect blasts upward or build earthen barriers for protection.
c. Reports approach of vehicles. (Designated personnel.)
d. Stops each vehicle.
e. Allows each vehicle to pass forward into checkpoint on specific signal
from checkpoint NCOIC.
f. Restricts the number of vehicles allowed into the checkpoint at one time
based on space and forces available to stop vehicles, inspect documents,
and to search designated vehicles while maintaining security for the unit.
g. Identifies purpose of each vehicle and examines documents (e.g.,
identification, registration, trip authorization).
h. Instructs drivers of cleared vehicles to pass and those of vehicles
identified for search to move into the search area.
i. Expedites convoy passage IAW ROE, mission instructions, higher
headquarters orders, and other special orders.
j. Submits reports IAW ROE, ROI, mission instructions, higher
headquarters orders, and other special orders.
15. Platoon conducts a stop and search.
a. Directs vehicle into vehicle search area.
b. Conducts vehicle search.
(1) Directs occupants (except driver) to move to a personnel search
(Coordinating Draft)
153
(Coordinating Draft)
area.
(2) Directs driver to provide papers to NCOIC for examination.
(3) Directs driver to open all doors, trunk and engine covers, and
other compartments as needed.
(4) Directs driver to remain nearby to observe search of vehicle
(driver is over watched by a guard).
(5) Uses mirrors and flashlight to search the vehicle undercarriage
first.
(6) Examines vehicle interior.
Note: Searchers look for new electrical wiring, unusual configurations, strapped
on or taped packages.
c. Identifies contraband or prohibited items.
(1) Announces discovery.
(2) Informs personnel that they will be detained for questioning and
the prohibited items will be confiscated.
(3) Moves detained personnel to detainee holding area until arrival of
MP or civil police.
(4) Prepares documentation on detained personnel IAW ROE, ROI,
mission instructions, or unit SOP.
(5) Moves vehicle out of search area and checkpoint and into a place
where it can be observed.
(6) Documents detained weapons and or equipment IAW ROE, ROI,
mission instructions, or TSOP.
(7) Stores detained weapons and or equipment IAW ROE, ROI,
mission instructions, or TSOP.
16. Platoon reacts to hostile elements and or actions IAW ROE.
a. Enforces the ROE and ROI.
b. Fires warning shots to deter personnel or vehicles attempting to flee or
breach the checkpoint.
(1) Ensures politeness and respectful treatment of individuals is
shown at all times.
c. Apprehends unarmed people fleeing on foot with use of minimum
required force.
d. Establishes shifts for 24-hour operations.
(1) Reviews requirements for correct documentation to pass through
the checkpoint.
e. Disarms evading armed personnel using minimum required force.
f. Maintains communications with higher headquarters.
g. Disables or blocks vehicles that attempt to flee or breach the
checkpoint and don't respond to orders to stop (IAW ROE).
(Coordinating Draft)
154
(Coordinating Draft)
h. Supervises checkpoint operation.
i. Requests QRF IAW guidance, if required.
j. Destroys vehicles that initiate fires (IAW ROE).
k. Employs the QRF as part of the platoon or responds to orders of QRF
commander, depending on decision of the company commander.
l. Reports to higher headquarters as required.
m. Prepares for future operations.
17. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
*17. Platoon leader controls checkpoint operations.
18. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
19. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
20. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
21. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1459 Take Action on Contact (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1252 Conduct Overwatch and or Support by Fire (Antiarmor/Infantry
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2018 Establish an Observation Post (OP) (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
155
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-3009
07-3-4009
07-3-4027
07-3-4036
07-3-4045
07-3-5000
07-3-5009
07-3-5027
07-3-5036
07-3-6027
Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Secure Civilians During Operations (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
156
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Perform Air Assault Operations (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(07-3-1369)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD)/fragmentary order (FRAGO) that requires it to
perform an air assault mission at the time specified. Aviation assets have been
coordinated by higher headquarters. Indirect fire support planning is conducted by higher
headquarters. All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has
communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been
provided guidance on the Rules of Engagement (ROE) and or Rules of Interaction (ROI).
Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some
iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon performs the air assault in accordance with (IAW) tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance. Platoon
members are briefed on loading, safety, and unloading procedures. The platoon arrives at
the pickup zone (PZ) and loads as per the loading plan by the specified time.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Note: Air assault planning and coordination is normally conducted at Kandak or
higher headquarters. The Kandak is the lowest level that has sufficient
personnel to plan, coordinate, and control an air assault operation.
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader attends the air mission briefing, if possible.
* 4. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies PZ and LZ.
(2) Identifies tentative security positions, if required.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach into the PZ.
(4) Marks tentative dismount points on maps if applicable.
b. Confirms procedures for calling for indirect fires.
Note: Indirect fire availability will often be limited due to airspace control
coordination.
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
d. Selects a straggler control point, if not assigned by higher
headquarters, for bumped personnel.
e. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
(Coordinating Draft)
157
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 6. Platoon leader organizes the load and or personnel based on the allowable
cargo load as stated in the TSOP, OPORD, and or FRAGO.
a. Designates chalks and chalk leaders.
b. Maintains tactical integrity (keeps teams and squads together on the
same aircraft).
c. Maintains self-sufficiency (keeps weapon systems i.e., machine guns,
and their crews, on the same aircraft with ammunition and components).
d. Distributes key personnel and weapons among the aircraft.
(1) Identifies possible enemy avenues of approach into and out of PZ
and LZ.
(2) Identifies obstacles and possible enemy defensive positions.
(3) Identifies key terrain and possible covered and concealed
locations for friendly and enemy forces.
e. Ensures each aircraft is loaded so that dismounting personnel can react
promptly and contribute to mission accomplishment.
* 7. Platoon leader or designated representative ensures platoon personnel are
briefed on the air assault operation.
a. Briefs locations of LZ, PZ, and rendezvous points.
b. Briefs type of aircraft, if known.
c. Briefs allowable cargo load of aircraft.
d. Briefs priority of loading and bump plan.
(1) Ensures bumped personnel (if any) are told to report to the
straggler control point.
e. Briefs contingency plan for downed aircraft (both for personnel on the
aircraft and the remainder of the platoon).
f. Briefs safety procedures.
* 8. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
9. Platoon conducts a rehearsal. (Include both loading, unloading the aircraft,
as well as actions on the objective.)
*10. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
11. Platoon moves to the PZ and prepares for loading IAW the TSOP.
a. Secures their assigned portion of the PZ while waiting to load the
aircraft.
b. Remains dispersed, covered, and concealed while awaiting the
aircraft's arrival.
d. Approaches aircraft from the front or side only after landing is
completed.
(Coordinating Draft)
158
(Coordinating Draft)
e. Loads at the time specified in the OPORD or FRAGO.
f. Leaves security with vehicles as necessary.
*12. Platoon leader enforces safety measures IAW the TSOP.
a. Ensures weapons are on SAFE.
b. Secures radio antennas.
c. Secures hand grenades.
13. Platoon dismounts the aircraft after it lands IAW the TSOP, or guidance.
a. Confirms location of LZ with air crew.
b. Ensures soldiers do not jump from a hovering helicopter until directed
to do so by a member of the aircraft crew.
c. Moves out about 20 meters from the side of the aircraft and assumes
prone firing positions (facing outward).
(1) Finds the closest covered and or concealed location.
(2) Observes possible enemy activity or engages enemy, calls for
fire.
d. Moves to the assigned positions to provide all around security.
14. Platoon evacuates casualties on departing aircraft if possible.
15. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1180 Conduct a Tactical Road March (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1171 Conduct a Tactical Road March (Dismounted) (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1180 Conduct a Tactical Road March (Mounted) (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
(Coordinating Draft)
159
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-5054
07-3-6027
Platoon/Squad)
Establish Radio Communications (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
160
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: React to a Civil Disturbance (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(07-3-1396)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to react to a civil
disturbance in the area of operations. The platoon has been designated as the quick
reaction force (QRF). All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon
has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has
been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction
(ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment.
Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon reacts to the civil disturbance in accordance with (IAW)
standing operating procedures (SOP), the order, and or commander's guidance. The
platoon disperses, contains, or blocks the crowd using the minimum level of force
necessary to control the situation. The platoon apprehends and detains leaders of the civil
disturbance and other law violators, as the situation dictates. The platoon complies with
the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
Note: Mission planning, coordination, and training for quick reaction forces
(QRF) must be accomplished prior to conducting civil disturbance operations.
* 3. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 4. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
Note: Training and rehearsals should be conducted prior to receiving the order
to respond to a civil disturbance.
5. Platoon moves to location of disturbance as specified in the OPORD or
guidance.
* 6. Platoon conducts civil disturbance operations.
a. Isolates the people creating the disturbance from those who have not
yet become actively involved.
b. Seals off the disturbance area using barricades, roadblocks, patrols,
etc.
(1) Moves uninvolved people from the area quickly.
(2) Prevents disorder from spreading to unaffected areas.
(3) Prevents unauthorized people from entering the affected area.
(Coordinating Draft)
161
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
(4) Prevents the escape of people who are committed to expanding
the disturbance.
c. Directs crowd control formations to include:
(1) Line.
(2) Wedge.
(3) Echelon.
(4) Diamond.
d. Protects likely targets.
(1) Key buildings
(2) Utilities and services critical to the functioning of a community.
(3) Key people and very important persons (VIPs).
e. Controls the crowd.
Note: The selection and use of crowd control measures depends on the
crowd's size, temperament, cooperativeness, and degree of organization and
uniformity.
f. Determines when the platoon is in danger of being overmatched by the
crowd.
(1) Overcome by the size of the disturbance element.
(2) Overmatched by the disturbance elements.
Note: A platoon is overmatched when it can no longer maintain control over the
situation due to the size or ferocity of the crowd or the weapons being used.
g. Apprehends leaders or instigators of the disturbance as the situation
permits.
h. Reacts to special threats (such as bombings, snipers, or hostage
situations).
i. Controls actions of special teams; PSYOP teams, PAO teams, Civil
Affairs (CA) teams, and military working dog (MWD) teams, if applicable.
j. Reports to higher headquarters IAW standing operating procedures
(SOP), order, and Mission Instructions as required.
k. Monitors the situation to include indications of whether or not the
confrontation is escalating in terms of size or violence.
l. Maintains platoon discipline and or cohesion.
m. Requests reinforcements, if necessary.
(1) Employs reinforcements as part of the platoon or responds to
orders of the reinforcing unit commander.
n. Disperses the crowd (situation dependent).
Note: The intent of dispersal is to fragment a crowd. This option is most useful
for small crowd situations in congested urban sites. But dispersal may increase
and spread lawlessness rather than reduce it.
* 7. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes.
(Coordinating Draft)
162
(Coordinating Draft)
a. Accounts for personnel and equipment.
b. Reports in accordance with order and or SOP.
8. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
9. Transfers detained persons and confiscated equipment or weapons IAW
TSOP, order, and or guidance from higher headquarters.
10. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
11. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
12. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4036 Secure Civilians During Operations (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
163
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: React to Snipers (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1406)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and receives
fire from an enemy sniper. The platoon must react immediately for their protection. All
necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has communications with
higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on
the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this
task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon reacts to the sniper in accordance with (IAW) tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance. The
platoon correctly locates and then bypasses, eliminates, or forces the withdrawal of the
enemy sniper while disengaging the element in the kill zone. The platoon complies with the
ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
1. Platoon conducts actions on contact (sniper fire).
a. Returns fire immediately to destroy or suppress the enemy.
b. Deploys to covered and concealed positions, if available.
c. Utilizes indirect fire assets, if available.
d. Activates on board self-protection measures as appropriate.
e. Conducts battle drills, as necessary.
f. Maintains visual contact with the enemy while continuing to develop the
situation through reconnaissance or surveillance.
g. Maintains contact with all platoon elements.
2. Platoon reacts to enemy sniper fire.
a. Reports contact to higher headquarters.
b. Bypasses the sniper.
(1) The platoon uses smoke to obscure the enemy snipers view.
(2) The platoon uses available fires to suppress the sniper.
(3) The platoon maneuvers to break contact with the sniper.
Note. The platoon leader may choose to call for indirect fire on the sniper
position.
c. Eliminates the sniper.
(1) Complies with ROE and or ROI.
(2) The platoon uses smoke to obscure the enemy snipers view.
(3) The platoon uses available firepower to suppress and fix the
sniper.
(Coordinating Draft)
164
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
(4) The platoon maneuvers to close with the sniper and eliminate or
force him to withdraw.
3. Platoon maintains rear security.
4. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
5. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties as necessary.
6. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW), if applicable.
7. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment, if applicable.
* 8. Platoon leader reports to higher headquarters as required.
9. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-1009 Conduct a Deliberate Attack (Infantry Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1045 Conduct a Bypass (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1072 Conduct Disengagement (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1252 Conduct Overwatch and or Support by Fire (Antiarmor/Infantry
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1279 Conduct Tactical Movement in a Built-up Area
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
(Coordinating Draft)
165
(Coordinating Draft)
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
166
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Search a Building (Infantry Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1414)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to search a building
at the location and time specified. All necessary personnel and equipment are available.
The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The
area around the building is secure. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules
of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this
task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon searches the building in accordance with (IAW) tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance. The
platoon enters, searches, and exits the building while maintaining all around security. The
platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop leading procedures.
a. Identifies routes to the building.
b. Identifies obstacles to movement.
c. Identifies choke points.
d. Coordinates for required assistance. (military police [MP], explosive
ordinance disposal [EOD], civil affairs [CA], local authorities, and so forth).
e. Identifies potential danger areas.
f. Develops contingency plans for obstacles and danger areas.
g. Determines the building entry point and search technique.
h. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
i. Addresses actions on chance contact with the belligerents.
j. Selects one of the following methods to control occupants.
(1) Assembles inhabitants in a central location.
Note: This method provides the most control and simplifies the search and
interrogation, if conducted; however, causing inhabitants to vacate their
dwellings will likely result in ill feelings. Also, there is increased risk of claims
that property has been damaged or stolen.
(2) Directs people located in a building that is not a residence such
(Coordinating Draft)
167
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
as an office building or factory to return to their homes.
Note: This method simplifies search, but makes control and interrogation
difficult.
(3) Identifies and controls the heads of households.
Note: This is the best method of controlling occupants since it is the least
disruptive.
* 4. Platoon leader disseminates digital reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
5. Platoon leader conducts a leader's reconnaissance as required based on the
factors of mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time available, and civil
considerations (METT-TC).
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon conducts rehearsal.
* 8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
9. Platoon moves to building.
a. Moves tactically if necessary.
b. Breaches any obstacles that it cannot bypass.
*10. Platoon leader determines that no hostile forces occupy the building.
a. Knocks on door and requests entry into the building.
Note: Platoon leader should initially approach building with a representative of
the civil authority and interpreter, if required, who should notify the occupants of
the actions expected of them.
b. Announces the purpose of the search.
c. Instructs occupants on whether or not they must vacate the building.
d. Informs occupants what they must do or not do during the search.
e. Informs occupants where they must assemble if required.
f. Questions occupants to determine information about the building.
(1) Determines identity of building occupants.
(2) Determines whereabouts of building occupants if they are not
present.
(3) Determines locations of storerooms.
(4) Determines whether there are any dogs in the building.
Note: If hostile forces occupy the building. (see Platoon Battle Drill 08, Enter
and Clear a Building.)
11. Search team enters the building.
a. Uses an overwatch technique.
b. Forces entry if necessary.
(1) Limits damage in forcing entry to the minimum necessary to
(Coordinating Draft)
168
(Coordinating Draft)
accomplish the task.
(2) Selects an entry point that reduces vulnerability of soldiers
making initial entry.
12. Search team conducts floor and or room search.
a. Secures entry point(s).
(1) Team members scan their assigned areas during movement.
(scan area in three dimensions).
(2) Point man checks for trip wires.
(3) Point man opens doors and pauses behind wall before entry.
(4) Team enters room using a high-man, low-man technique with
weapon muzzles tracking where they look.
(a) Searches in three dimensions. (Checks for false ceilings, in
closets, under furniture, carpets, in wardrobes).
(b) Searches for specific items. (therefore, the team does not
waste time on objects that will not accommodate the
dimensions of items searched for.) (for example, search for a
person does not require opening drawers in a dresser, search
for automatic rifles does not require opening shoe boxes).
d. Emplaces signal device visible to security and support elements to
indicate the floor on which search team is working.
e. Controls occupants in accordance with the method designated by the
platoon leader.
f. Identifies access to upper or lower floors.
g. Reorganizes into two teams to enter and search floor above and below
simultaneously, if required.
h. Continues search pattern until floor plan is completed.
i. Monitors entry and exit points to the floor it has cleared.
j. Holds detained items in a secure location until disposition is determined.
k. Takes appropriate security measures if search element finds hidden
persons or prohibited items.
(1) Requires persons to identify themselves.
(2) Secures individuals awaiting transfer of responsibility to civil
police, military police, military intelligence, or civil affairs personnel.
(3) Prepares detainee tags or details of circumstances for delivery to
designated detention authority.
(4) Inspects weapons and clear them or otherwise make them safe
for transportation.
(5) Documents circumstances of discovery IAW TSOP.
Note: When contraband, equipment, or weapons are found, records of
descriptions, serial numbers, or quantities of items found and seized should be
kept for inclusion in reports. Chain of custody accounting may be required for
equipment or material IAW ROE, unit orders, or TSOP. A receipt should be
(Coordinating Draft)
169
(Coordinating Draft)
provided to each owner for detained items.
*13. Platoon leader reports completion of search to higher headquarters as
required.
14. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
15. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
16. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1459 Take Action on Contact (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1027 Breach an Obstacle (Infantry Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1279 Conduct Tactical Movement in a Built-up Area
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2036 Reconnoiter a Built-up Area (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4036 Secure Civilians During Operations (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
170
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-6027
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
171
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Secure a Route (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-1423)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to secure a
specified route. The start point (SP) and release point (RP) is specified. All necessary
personnel and equipment are available. Engineer support is available. The platoon has
communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been
provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI).
Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some
iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon secures the route in accordance with (IAW) tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance. The
platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies the route, critical points, checkpoints, and control
measures.
(2) Identifies tentative rally points.
(3) Identifies tentative security and support by fire positions.
(4) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(5) Identifies routes to and from rally points.
(6) Identifies tentative observation post location(s).
(7) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
(8) Identifies choke points that canalize movement.
(9) Identifies potential danger areas.
(10) Identifies possible bypass for danger areas, obstacles, and or
choke points.
(11) Determines locations of bridges.
(a) Determines classification of bridges if possible.
b. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support if
available.
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
(Coordinating Draft)
172
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
d. Designates control measures such as checkpoints.
e. Identifies communication requirements.
f. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
g. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 4. Platoon leader coordinates with the quick reaction force (QRF) commander
and or leader, if applicable.
a. Confirms QRF radio frequency(ies), call sign(s), and recognition
signals.
b. Identifies probable linkup points.
c. Confirms linkup procedures.
d. Confirms battle hand off procedures.
e. Confirms procedures for transfer of information.
f. Addresses platoon actions on encountering belligerent forces and or
persons.
g. Addresses platoon actions on encountering mines and booby-traps.
h. Addresses platoon actions on encountering snipers.
i. Addresses platoon actions on encountering roadblocks.
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
* 9. Platoon leader and reconnaissance element conducts the reconnaissance
(based on the factors of mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time available, and
civilian considerations [METT-TC]).
a. Pinpoints the route, critical points, checkpoints, and rally points.
b. Verifies and updates intelligence information.
c. Leaves a surveillance team to observe the route and critical points as
required.
d. Returns to platoon position.
*10. Platoon leader adjust the plan based on updated intelligence and
reconnaissance effort.
*11. Platoon leader updates the enemy situation.
*12. Platoon leader disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information.
13. Platoon moves to SP.
14. Platoon conducts route security operations.
a. Provides a route overlay or detailed sketch to higher headquarters,
(Coordinating Draft)
173
(Coordinating Draft)
convoys, and escorts if used.
b. Secures critical and or dominant terrain.
c. Establishes surveillance of the route.
(1) Occupies observation posts (OPs) with clear fields of
observation.
d. Marks and or clears the route of mines and booby-traps within their
capability.
e. Repairs bridges and prepares fords and bypasses within its capability.
f. Marks the route and or provides guides at bypasses and or detours
along the route as required.
g. Patrols the designated route.
h. Sends situation reports (SITREPs) using the size, activity, location, unit,
time, and equipment (SALUTE) format.
*15. Platoon leader supervises route security operations.
a. Ensures squad leaders and escorts report control measures as directed
by the OPORD or TSOP.
b. Maintains communications with squads, OPs, security patrols, QRF,
and higher headquarters.
c. Monitors convoys in transit along the route.
d. Maintains routine civilian traffic flow.
e. Reacts to attempts to interdict route IAW the ROE, mission instructions,
and higher headquarters order.
(1) Employs the platoon.
(2) Requests QRF support if available.
(3) Employs other elements such as Army aviation if available.
f. Employs the QRF as part of the platoon or, responds to orders of QRF
commander, depending on decision of the company commander.
g. Submits reports IAW the OPORD and TSOP.
16. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
17. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
18. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
19. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
20. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
174
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-1009 Conduct a Bypass (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-1459 Take Action on Contact (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1045 Conduct a Bypass (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1432 Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2000 Conduct a Route Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5009 Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5027 Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
175
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Take Action on Contact (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-31432)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a mission
at the location and time specified. The platoon makes unexpected contact with the enemy.
The platoon receives fires from enemy weapons, visually acquires the enemy, or makes
contact with an enemy obstacle. All necessary personnel and equipment are available.
The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The
platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of
interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational
environment. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility
conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon takes action on contact in accordance with (IAW) tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, commander's guidance, and or the
tactical situation. The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
2. Platoon deploys and reports.
a. Reacts when contact is direct fire.
(1) Returns fire immediately to destroy or suppress the enemy.
(2) Deploys to covered and concealed positions, if available.
(3) Closes hatches, if applicable.
(4) Use indirect fire assets, as necessary.
(5) Conducts battle drills, as necessary.
(6) Maintains visual contact with the enemy while continuing to
develop the situation through reconnaissance or surveillance.
(8) Maintains communication and contact with all platoon elements.
b. Reacts to visual contact. (element is in immediate danger.)
(1) Initiates fires to destroy or suppress the enemy.
(2) Deploys to covered and concealed positions.
(3) Closes hatches, if applicable.
(4) Conducts further actions as directed by the platoon leader.
c. Reacts to visual contact. (element is NOT in immediate danger.)
(1) Deploys.
(2) Maintains visual contact.
(Coordinating Draft)
176
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
(3) Conducts further actions as directed by the platoon leader.
d. Reacts when contact is indirect fires (observed or receiving).
(1) Uses evasive actions to avoid impact area.
(2) Moves quickly to clear impact area.
(3) Closes hatches, if applicable.
(4) Maintains communication and contact with all platoon elements.
(5) Conducts further actions as directed by the platoon leader.
e. Reacts when contact is with an obstacle.
(1) Deploys to covered and concealed positions.
(2) Calls for immediate smoke on the far side of the obstacle to
conceal deployment of the platoon, if required.
(3) Makes a recommendation to higher headquarters. (bypass or
breach).
(a) Bypasses, if possible.
(b) Breaches, if required.
f. Reacts to visual contact of enemy or unknown aircraft. (element is in
immediate danger).
(1) Initiates fires to destroy or cause aircraft to depart area.
(2) Deploys to covered and concealed positions.
(3) Closes hatches, if applicable.
(4) Conducts further actions as directed by the platoon leader.
g. Reacts to visual contact of enemy or unknown aircraft. (element is NOT
in immediate danger).
(1) Deploys to covered and concealed positions.
(2) Maintains visual contact.
(3) Conducts further actions as directed by the platoon leader.
3. Platoon complies with ROE and or ROI.
* 4. Platoon leader evaluates the situation.
a. Confirms friendly and enemy situations.
(1) Requests updated intelligence information.
b. Conducts reconnaissance to fully develop the situation.
c. Determines enemy size, composition, activity, orientation, and location
of weapon systems.
d. Searches for antitank ditches, minefields, wire, or other obstacles that
could define an engagement area.
e. Searches for the flanks of the enemy and any elements that could
mutually support enemy position(s).
f. Analyzes squad spot reports (SPOTREPs) and other tactical information
(Coordinating Draft)
177
(Coordinating Draft)
as required to make an assessment of the situation.
g. Sends updated SPOTREPs to higher headquarters based on a fully
developed situation.
h. Directs the actions of elements not in contact in a manner that supports
the elements in contact.
i. Directs elements not in contact to continue the mission IAW the OPORD
and or FRAGO.
* 5. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 6. Platoon leader selects an appropriate course of action (COA) based on the
commander's intent, the factors of mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time
available, and civil considerations (METT-TC), his analysis of the situation, and
input from elements in contact.
a. Selects the original course of action (as previously addressed in the
OPORD) if it is consistent with the commander's intent and or concept and
is within the platoon's capability.
OR
b. Issues FRAGO to refine the plan based on the situation, ensuring it
supports the commander's intent.
c. Recommends an alternative COA based on evaluation and
development of the situation.
(1) Sends recommendation to the commander.
(2) Directs the platoon to execute tactical movement (employing
bounding overwatch and support by fire within the platoon) and
reconnaissance by fire to further develop the situation.
OR
(3) Directs the platoon to establish a hasty defense or support by fire
(SBF) position and requests further guidance from commander.
* 7. Platoon leader maintains communications and contact with other platoons
as necessary to obtain support (platoon leader or PSG).
* 8. Platoon leader directs the platoon to execute the COA based on the
situation or commander's order.
a. Directs the platoon to destroy an inferior force.
OR
b. Directs platoon to conduct overwatch and or support by fire.
OR
c. Directs platoon to conduct an attack by fire.
OR
d. Directs platoon to assault an enemy position.
OR
e. Directs platoon to break contact and conduct bypass operations.
(Coordinating Draft)
178
(Coordinating Draft)
OR
f. Directs platoon to conduct reconnaissance by fire.
OR
g. Directs platoon to conduct defense of a battle position.
OR
h. Directs platoon to breach an obstacle.
* 9. Platoon leader or PSG keeps the commander informed throughout the
operation.
a. Sends updated SITREPs and or SPOTREPs as necessary.
b. Reports completion of the operation.
10. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
11. Platoon handles enemy prisoners of war (EPW) if applicable.
12. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties if applicable.
13. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment if applicable.
14. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-1027 Breach an Obstacle (Infantry Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1045 Conduct a Bypass (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1252 Conduct Overwatch and or Support by Fire (Antiarmor/Infantry
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
179
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-5009
07-3-5027
07-3-5036
07-3-6027
Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
180
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct Overwatch and or Support by Fire (Antiarmor/Infantry Platoon/Squad) (073-1252)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to provide
overwatch and or support by fire (SBF) for moving friendly elements at the location and
time specified. All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has
communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been
provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI).
Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment.
Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts the overwatch and or support by fire in
accordance with (IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or
commander's guidance. The platoon suppresses or destroys enemy elements that could
affect accomplishment of the supported element's mission. The platoon maintains
communications with the supported force and warns it of lapses in overwatch coverage.
The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies the most advantageous SBF positions.
(2) Identifies route(s) to SBF position.
(3) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(4) Identifies tentative target reference points (TRPs).
(5) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Plans the integration of direct and indirect fires IAW higher
headquarters' fire support plan.
c. Conducts liaison with maneuver company to integrate anti-fratricide
measures.
d. Plans primary and alternate triggers and or signals for lifting and
shifting direct and indirect fires.
e. Plans observer positions so they can effectively adjust indirect fires.
f. Develops control measures.
(1) Establishes sectors of observation and fire for each position.
(Coordinating Draft)
181
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
g. Establishes engagement priorities.
h. Develops rules, signals, and methods of engagement.
i. Develops criteria and signals for disengagement.
j. Conducts coordination with supported element, if supported element is
another platoon/unit.
(1) Coordinates control measures.
(2) Coordinates TRPs.
(3) Coordinates frequencies and or signals.
(4) Coordinates SBF position location(s).
k. Plans and coordinates combat service support (CSS).
(1) Plans to pre-position supplies, if necessary.
l. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
(1) Task organizes his support by fire (SBF) element to ensure span
of control.
m. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
(1) Develops a plan to fight his way into the SBF positions.
(2) Addresses necessary fires.
* 4. Platoon leader disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 5. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
6. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
* 7. Platoon leader issues a FRAGO, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
* 8. Platoon leader and reconnaissance element conducts the reconnaissance
(based on factors of mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time available, and civil
considerations [METT-TC]).
a. Selects the SBF positions that:
(1) Allows the platoon to engage the enemy and observe the
protected force.
(2) Provides adequate cover and concealment.
b. Confirms and or selects TRPs.
c. Identifies the avenues of approach for mounted and dismounted enemy
elements.
d. Updates the enemy situation.
e. Leaves security element at the overwatch or SBF positions.
f. Develops a contingency plan if the position is controlled or occupied by
the enemy.
g. Returns to the platoon position.
(Coordinating Draft)
182
(Coordinating Draft)
* 9. Platoon leader adjust the plan based on updated intelligence and
reconnaissance effort.
*10. Platoon leader updates the enemy situation.
*11. Platoon leader disseminates updated reports (if applicable), overlays, and
other pertinent information.
12. Platoon moves tactically to and occupies designated SBF positions.
Note: The platoon may have to fight its way into the support by fire position.
a. Uses cover and concealed routes (if available) to prevent the enemy
force from effectively engaging the platoon.
b. Maintains local security by suppressing enemy forces and maintaining
observation to the front, flanks, and rear.
c. Occupies the most advantageous terrain that allows the platoon to
place accurate fires on the enemy.
d. Verifies fire procedures and control measures.
e. Emplaces weapon systems.
(1) Emplace weapon systems covering sectors of fire and
observation and any other designated targets that increase flank
shots on the enemy.
(2) Employs weapons systems IAW current doctrine.
f. Observes (continually) the supported element's axis, route, sector, or
direction of attack.
g. Identifies known or suspected enemy positions that could engage the
supported element.
*13. Platoon leader positions himself so he can view and control the battle.
14. Platoon conducts overwatch.
a. Begins scanning sectors of fire IAW the TSOP or guidance from the
company commander and or the SBF element leader.
b. Keeps supported element informed of the enemy situation and of any
lapses in overwatch coverage.
15. Platoon employs direct fires.
a. Acquires, suppresses, and or destroys identified enemy elements using
all available weapon systems.
(1) Engages and destroys armored vehicles and fortified positions
using the appropriate weapon system(s).
(2) Engages and destroys light skinned vehicles, exposed positions,
or dismounted elements using the appropriate weapon system(s).
b. Prevents the enemy from placing accurate fires against the protected
force.
(1) Maintains security to the flanks through observation or by
positioning elements to prevent the enemy from effectively engaging
the platoon and or squad.
(Coordinating Draft)
183
(Coordinating Draft)
(2) Repositions as necessary to maintain effective observation and
or fires on the enemy or to prevent the enemy from acquiring or
destroying friendly elements.
c. Lifts and shifts fires on order or by predetermined signal.
d. Ceases fire on order or by predetermined signal.
e. Does not block or hinder the movement of the supported element by
fires (direct or indirect).
16. Platoon employs indirect fires.
a. Calls for and adjusts indirect fires to suppress, obscure, or destroy the
enemy or to screen the movement of the protected force.
17. Platoon moves to the objective, if required and or ordered.
18. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes as necessary.
19. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
20. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
21. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
22. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-3009 Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
184
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-4045
07-3-5000
07-3-5009
07-3-5027
07-3-5036
07-3-5081
07-3-6027
Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
185
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-3009)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and is required
to employ fire support for the mission. All necessary personnel and equipment are
available. The platoon has been provided the company target list. The platoon has
communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been
provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI).
Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment.
Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon plans and employs fire support in accordance with (IAW)
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance.
Fires are coordinated and employed to support all phases of the operation. The platoon
complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Note: Kandaks and companies normally conduct fire support planning and send
a target list to the platoons. Platoon leaders review the indirect fire plan to
determine the need for additional targets in their area of operations. The
platoon leader; however, does not wait to receive the company fire plan. He
begins platoon fire planning as soon as possible and integrates his fire plan into
the company fire plan.
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
2. Platoon leader conducts a map reconnaissance, at a minimum.
* 3. Platoon leader plans fire support using troop-leading procedures.
a. Determines the purpose of indirect fires as required using targeting
terminology (limit, disrupt, delay, etc.)
b. Determines desired effect on the enemy (suppress, isolate, obscure,
neutralize, destroy, deceive, or disrupt).
c. Plans priority of fires (should support the main effort).
d. Identifies priority targets.
e. Plans close air support, if available.
f. Identifies ammunition restrictions and controlled supply rate.
g. Develops graphical fire control measures.
h. Confirms whether the use of smoke, family of scatterable mines
(FASCAM), illumination, dual purpose improved conventional munition
(DPICM), or like munitions is restricted and who controls them.
i. Determines communications procedures to use when calling for fire.
(radio net, call signs, and fire direction center [FDC].)
(Coordinating Draft)
186
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
j. Determines when and under what circumstances to engage targets.
k. Determines the method of engagement and method of control to be
used.
* 4. Platoon leader develops the fire plan at the same time as the offensive
scheme of maneuver.
a. Integrates indirect fires to support platoon maneuver throughout the
operation.
b. Plans fires that support the commander's intent and scheme of
maneuver.
c. Plans fires to support all phases of the attack.
(1) Plans fires for probable enemy counterattack routes.
(2) Plans fires in front of, on, and beyond the objective.
d. Plans fires for targets of concern (those targets that may deter the
success of the maneuver).
e. Plans smoke or other obscurant to screen the platoon when crossing a
danger area, breaching an obstacle, or to obscure known or suspected
enemy positions.
* 5. Platoon leader develops the fire plan to support the defensive scheme of
maneuver.
a. Plans fires that support the commander's intent.
b. Plans fires on all likely enemy positions and on areas the enemy may
use in the attack, such as:
(1) Observation posts (OPs).
(2) Support positions.
(3) Avenues of approach.
(4) Assault positions.
(5) Dead space.
(6) Flanks.
(7) Defiles.
c. Plans fires in front of, on top of, and beyond friendly positions to stop
likely penetrations or to support a counterattack.
d. Integrates final protective fires (FPFs) into the platoon fire and obstacle
plans.
e. Plans fires that cover planned or existing obstacles.
f. Plans smoke to screen friendly movements. (Defending units use smoke
sparingly.)
g. Plans illumination.
Note: The company commander normally retains control of illumination in the
defense.
* 6. Platoon leader prepares for fire support execution.
(Coordinating Draft)
187
(Coordinating Draft)
a. Prepares an observation plan.
(1) Designates primary and alternate observers.
(2) Briefs observers on target tasks and purposes.
(3) Ensures observers are positioned to observe:
(a) Identifies engagement area.
(4) Considers available assets.
b. Prepares a trigger to initiate fires for each target.
(1) Includes engagement criteria.
(2) Prepares trigger lines based on the following.
(a) Rate of travel by enemy forces to the engagement area.
(b) Amount of time required to call for fires.
(c) Time of flight of the indirect fire rounds.
(d) Clearance of fires at company or company team level.
(e) Possible adjustment times.
c. Prepares a trigger for lifting and shifting fires (for offensive operations,
uses a minimum safe line (MSL).
d. Conducts rehearsals.
(1) Involves observers in platoon rehearsals.
(2) Ensures the platoon's primary and alternate communications
systems will support the fire support plan.
(a) Ensure pre-combat checks have been conducted on
communications equipment IAW the TSOP.
* 7. Platoon leader approves the platoon fire support execution matrix and
distributes it to the squad leaders as a part of the OPORD.
a. Ensures a copy of the fire plan is provided to the company.
b. Ensures the fire support plan is incorporated into platoon rehearsals.
* 8. Platoon leader or forward observer (FO), if available, employs fire support
using voice communications.
a. Ensures all available supporting fires are executed in a timely manner
and accomplish the prescribed result IAW the fire plan and execution
matrix.
b. Ensures the employment of smoke does not degrade the platoon
mission.
c. Adjusts the priorities of fire as the battle progresses.
d. Calls for fire using the following procedure.
(1) Proper standardized call for fire (CFF) format.
(2) Proper radio communications procedures to call for fire (if
applicable).
(3) Observer identification and warning order. (Adjust fire, fire for
(Coordinating Draft)
188
(Coordinating Draft)
effect, suppress, or immediate suppression.)
(4) Target location methods. (Grid, polar, or shift from a known
point.)
(5) Target description using size or shape, nature or nomenclature,
activity, protection and or posture (SNAP).
(6) TRS method of target referencing shifts from known points.
(7) Various techniques for area adjustment, such as:
(a) Successive bracketing.
(b) One round adjustment.
(c) Creeping fire.
(8) Correct observer target (OT) factor and angular deviation (if
applicable).
(9) Subsequent corrections.
(10) Fire for effect when burst within 50 meters.
* 9. Platoon leader forward observer (FO), if available, conducts voice fire for
effect missions.
a. Ensures the impact of the adjustment rounds are close enough to have
the desired effects with the first volley fired.
b. Requests appropriate shell or fuse combination.
*10. Platoon leader directs the observer to take the following actions if desired
effects are not achieved.
a. Adjust the rounds and repeat.
b. Change shell or fuze combination.
c. Request additional fire for effect volleys.
*11. Platoon leader conducts voice immediate suppression missions.
a. Identifies the target (observer).
b. Plots the target accurately.
c. Transmits complete call for fire.
d. Ensures an accurate target location is close enough to have the desired
effects with the first volley fired.
e. Ensures final suppression rounds are within 150 meters of the target (if
necessary).
12. Platoon observes munitions effects and reports battle damage
assessments.
a. Estimates the extent of damage to the target and or casualties.
b. Reports damage assessment to the FDC providing fires.
*13. Platoon leader or observer registers a parallel sheaf for mortars.
a. Uses successive bracketing.
b. Sends appropriate corrections to FDC.
(Coordinating Draft)
189
(Coordinating Draft)
c. Adjusts sheaf to within 50 meters range and 40 meters lateral spread
between rounds.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
061-283-1002 Locate A Target By Grid Coordinates
061-283-1004 Locate A Target By Shift From A Known Point
071-331-0820 Analyze Terrain
071-410-0020 Plan For Use Of Supporting Fires
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
190
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct Active Air Defense Measures Against Hostile Aircraft
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-6000)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) that specifies
weapons control status. The platoon is alerted that hostile aircraft are approaching their
position or the platoon is receiving fire from hostile aircraft. All necessary personnel and
equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and
subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of
engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants
may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be
conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts active combined arms air defense measures in
accordance with (IAW) standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or
commander's guidance. All platoon personnel, without order or signal, fire and destroy
attacking aircraft or force them away from friendly positions. All personnel use the
engagement technique ordered by the platoon leader or specified in the TSOP. The
platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI and weapons control status.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
2. Platoon member alerts the platoon that enemy aircraft are approaching.
3. Platoon takes appropriate action
a. Returns fire using the appropriate engagement technique, without order
or signal.
OR
b. Seeks cover upon order ("Aircraft, right front, seek cover").
c. Identifies and tracks the aircraft.
d. Moves vehicles, if assigned, to covered and concealed positions.
* 4. Platoon leader responds to the alert.
a. Reaffirms weapons control status.
b. Selects engagement technique.
5. Platoon, on order, fires at the enemy aircraft (cyclic rate of fire), using
engagement technique selected by the platoon leader.
* 6. When danger is past, the platoon leader orders the platoon to cease firing.
* 7. Platoon leader reports the enemy aircraft (type, location, and course) to
higher headquarters (HQ).
8. Platoon consolidates and reorganizes.
(Coordinating Draft)
191
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
a. Reestablishes chain of command.
b. Evaluates and treats casualties.
9. Platoon continues the mission, if applicable.
a. Resumes proper formation, if moving.
b. Ensures that all weapon systems are manned, if in a defense position.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
Engage Targets with an AK-47 Rifle
Correct Malfunctions of an AK-47 Rifle
Load an PKM Machine Gun
Correct Malfunctions of an PKM Machine Gun
Engage Targets with an PKM Machine Gun
Maintain an RPK Automatic Rifle
Load an RPK Automatic Rifle
071-326-0502 Move Under Direct Fire
071-331-0804 Perform Surveillance Without the Aid of Electronic Devices
071-331-0820 Analyze Terrain
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS: NONE
(Coordinating Draft)
192
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct Passive Air Defense Measures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-6009)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and is directed
to conduct passive air defense measures to avoid detection by hostile aircraft. Hostile
aircraft (rotary-wing, fixed wing, and or unmanned aerial vehicles [UAVs]) are operating in
the area of operation (AO). Unit weapon control status is WEAPONS HOLD. All necessary
personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher,
adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules
of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this
task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts passive air defense measures in accordance
with (IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. The platoon uses attack avoidance and damage limiting measures (including
observation, dispersion, camouflage, and concealment) to avoid detection and or
engagement by hostile aircraft. The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader determines that enemy aircraft are operating in the area by
notification from higher headquarters or observation.
* 3. Platoon leader plans for passive air defense measures using troop-leading
procedures.
a. Establishes and rehearses air attack alarms.
b. Briefs unit on passive defense measures.
4. Platoon performs passive air defense measures IAW the TSOP.
a. Uses all available resources (camouflage, cover, concealment, and
dispersion) to hide personnel and equipment to limit their vulnerability.
(1) Maintains camouflage.
(2) Covers or shades shiny and reflective items such as optics.
(3) Ensures that crew served weapons are manned and air guards
are designated.
b. Establishes a listening watch on the air defense early warning net, if
equipment is available and operational.
c. Maintains proper interval between soldiers, teams, squads, or positions.
d. Mans observation posts (OPs) and or listening posts (LPs) to provide
warning of approaching aerial platforms (rotary wing, fixed wing, UAVs).
e. Constructs field fortifications with organic equipment as necessary to
(Coordinating Draft)
193
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
protect personnel and vulnerable mission-essential equipment.
f. Disperses supplies and equipment, if possible, to reduce vulnerability to
air attack.
g. Complies with ROE.
h. Reports all aircraft actions to higher headquarters.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
441-091-1040 Visually Identify Threat Aircraft
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
194
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(07-3-6027)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and must
maintain operations security to deny the enemy information about friendly activities taking
place in the area of operations (AO). All necessary personnel and equipment are available.
The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The
enemy has the capability to detect the platoon visually, audibly, and electronically. The
platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of
interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational
environment. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility
conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon maintains operations security in accordance with (IAW)
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance.
The platoon practices active and passive noise, light, and litter discipline. The platoon
complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader protects friendly information by checking or performing the
following:
a. Prohibits fraternization with civilians (as applicable).
b. Makes sure maps do not contain the friendly order of battle.
c. Conducts inspections and gives briefings to ensure that personnel do
not carry details of military activities in personal materials (letters, diaries,
notes, drawings, sketches, or photographs).
d. Safeguards weapons, ammunition, sensitive items, and classified
documents.
e. Sanitizes all planning areas and positions before departure.
3. Platoon employs active and passive security measures.
a. Mans and performs surveillance from observation posts (OPs).
b. Conducts counter reconnaissance patrols, if possible.
c. Destroys enemy reconnaissance elements, when encountered.
d. Conducts stand to procedures.
e. Establishes local security.
f. Establishes specific levels of alert (based on factors of mission, enemy,
terrain and weather, troops, time available, and civilian considerations
[METT-TC].)
(Coordinating Draft)
195
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
g. Uses camouflage.
(1) Ensures fighting positions are camouflaged using exposed dirt to
break the outline of a position.
(2) Checks the position from the enemy's point of view.
(3) Ensures camouflage nets (if used) are properly hung.
(4) Employs overhead camouflage and sites positions and personnel
to prevent detection from the air.
(5) Keeps personnel and equipment in the shadows, when possible.
(6) Ensures all personnel use camouflage paint to cover exposed
skin.
(7) Covers all reflective surfaces with non-reflective material, such as
cloth, mud, or camouflage stick.
(8) Avoids crossing near footpaths, trails, and or roads, where
possible.
(9) Erases tracks leading into the positions.
(10) Camouflages equipment using vegetation to break up the
outline of the equipment and covers all reflective surfaces.
h. Enforces litter discipline.
(1) Collects and back hauls trash during logistics runs during
stationary periods.
(2) Carries trash until it can be disposed of securely.
i. Uses terrain and vegetation for concealment.
j. Controls movement.
(1) Uses the proper movement formation and movement technique.
(2) Moves as fast as the situation permits.
(3) Moves along covered and concealed routes.
4. Platoon practices radio discipline.
a. Uses the proper radio procedures.
(1) Changes frequencies and call signs IAW signal operating
instructions (SOI) and or TSOP.
(2) Uses varied transmission schedules and lengths.
(3) Uses established formats to expedite transmissions.
(4) Encodes messages or uses secure voice.
(5) Uses brevity codes, when possible.
(6) Uses the lowest power settings possible.
(7) Avoids transmission patterns.
(8) Maintains radio silence, as directed.
b. Takes action if jamming is suspected.
(Coordinating Draft)
196
(Coordinating Draft)
(1) Continues to operate.
(2) Disconnects the antenna.
(3) Switches to the highest power.
(4) Relocates the radio.
(5) Uses directional antennas.
(6) Turns the squelch off.
c. Uses messenger and wire whenever possible, especially in static
positions.
d. Uses the radio in the quiet message mode. Transmits an arranged
number of taps or uses the PUSH-TO-TALK switch in the same manner.
* 5. Platoon practices light discipline.
a. Conceals lights necessary for planning or reading a map. (A poncho
can be used for this purpose). Ensures all flashlights have filters.
b. Removes or tapes personal items that may reflect light (identification
tags, rings, and watches).
c. Prohibits use of cigarettes and open fires during darkness or when
smoke and or fire may be observed by the enemy.
d. Uses only passive night observation equipment (if possible).
* 6. Platoon practices noise discipline.
a. Identifies shortcomings in noise discipline during final inspections.
b. Tapes down or removes items that make noise.
c. Uses normal means of communication to the greatest extent possible.
d. Prohibits talking except as required to conduct or plan operations.
e. Ensures hand and arm signals are used, to the fullest extent possible.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
071-326-5705 Establish an Observation Post
071-331-0801 Challenge Persons Entering Your Area
071-331-0804 Perform Surveillance without the Aid of Electronic Devices
071-730-0008 Employ Field-Expedient Early Warning Devices
(Coordinating Draft)
197
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS: NONE
(Coordinating Draft)
198
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Destroy Unit Vehicles and Equipment (Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-4000)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force. The platoon
expects to be overrun by enemy offensive operations or is involved in a withdrawal,
retrograde, or other operation in which the vehicle(s), equipment, and or supplies (less
medical) must be left behind. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and
subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the Rules of
Engagement (ROE) and or Rules of Interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants
may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be
conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon destroys all vehicles, equipment, spare parts, and
supplies (less medical) in accordance with (IAW) tactical standing operating procedures
(TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance. Vehicles, equipment, spare parts, and
supplies (less medical) are rendered unusable by smashing essential components,
burning, or any other means necessary to prevent capture or use by the enemy. The
platoon complies with ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO to destroy vehicles,
equipment, spare parts, and supplies that cannot be evacuated. The platoon
leader directs the platoon to begin destruction of vehicles, equipment, and
supplies. (Medical supplies are NOT destroyed.)
* 3. Platoon leader supervises emergency destruction of vehicles, equipment,
spare parts, and supplies.
a. Ensures platoon members understand and comply with destruction
priorities.
b. Ensures vehicles, equipment, spare parts, and nonmedical supplies are
rendered unusable to the enemy.
4. Platoon destroys vehicles, equipment, and spare parts using the following
methods, as appropriate.
a. Removes portable fire extinguishers and discharges fixed fire
extinguishers.
b. Opens hydraulic drain valves.
c. Uses axe, pick, mattock, sledgehammer, or other heavy implement to
destroy and or break all vital components such as engine cylinder blocks
and heads, transmissions, power transfer cases, communications
equipment, and spare parts.
d. Uses a bayonet or other cutting tool to slash tires.
(Coordinating Draft)
199
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
e. Douses vehicles, equipment, and spare parts with fuel removed from
fuel tanks or other sources.
f. Uses incendiary grenades or other suitable devices to ignite vehicles,
equipment, and or spare parts.
* 5. Platoon leader reports the destruction of vehicles, equipment, spare parts,
and supplies, to higher headquarters as required.
6. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS: NONE
(Coordinating Draft)
200
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(07-3-4009)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a combat
mission at the location and time specified. The platoon has under their control enemy
prisoners of war (EPWs) that were captured or surrendered during the operation. All
necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has communications with
higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on
the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this
task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon handles EPWs in accordance with (IAW) tactical
standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, guidance from higher headquarters, and
the Geneva Convention. The platoon segregates, safeguards, and moves EPWs to the
rear as quickly as factors of mission, enemy, terrain, troops, time available and civil
considerations (METT-TC) allows. The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader designates a temporary EPW collection point based on
METT-TC.
* 3. Platoon leader notifies higher headquarters that the company has EPWs.
* 4. Platoon leader assigns guards to protect and control EPWs until they can
be moved to higher headquarters.
5. Platoon searches EPW.
a. Removes all weapons and documents with intelligence value.
b. Returns personal items of no military intelligence value such as
protective clothing and equipment.
c. Gives prisoners receipts for personal property taken. (May need to be
given at higher headquarters (HQ).
6. Platoon segregates EPWs, if possible.
a. Segregates EPWs by rank, sex, deserters, civilians, nationality, and
ideology when possible.
b. Restricts EPWs from areas where they can obtain information about the
element's mission, strength, and future operations.
7. Platoon guards keep EPWs silent.
a. Prevents EPW leaders from giving orders.
(Coordinating Draft)
201
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
b. Prevents EPWs from planning escape.
c. Does not talk in front of EPW except to issue orders and maintain
discipline.
8. Platoon safeguards EPWs.
a. Removes EPWs from dangers of the battlefield, if possible.
b. Does not allow anyone to abuse EPWs.
c. Treats EPWs humanely.
d. Prevents any prisoners from escaping.
e. Provides humane treatment for EPWs without distinction founded on
race, nationality, religious belief, political opinions, or other similar criteria.
f. Provides food to EPWs. (Provides the same rations and drink that are
available to company soldiers.)
g. Provides medical treatment within their ability.
h. Complies with ROI, ROE, and the Geneva Convention.
9. Platoon tags the EPWs with ANA Form 5976 (Enemy Prisoner of War
Capture Tag).
a. Annotates the following information:
(1) Date and time of capture.
(2) Capturing unit.
(3) Grid coordinates of capture.
(4) Circumstance of capture
b. Attaches Part A to EPW.
c. Retains Part B for unit records.
d. Attaches Part C to property.
*10. Platoon leader questions EPWs.
a. Attains immediate combat information, if the tactical situation permits.
b. Ensures questioning does not slow the evacuation process.
11. Platoon speeds EPWs to the company or other designated EPW collection
point..
a. Processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
12. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
202
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS: NONE
(Coordinating Draft)
203
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Perform Resupply Operations (Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-4018)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and is required
to perform routine resupply operations. The resupply method, location, and time has been
coordinated with the company first sergeant (1SG). All necessary personnel and
equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and
subordinate elements. Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited
visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon performs routine resupply operations in accordance with
(IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. The platoon conducts tactical movement to and from the designated resupply
location, as required. The platoon participates in logistical package (LOGPAC), refuel on
the move (ROM), or aerial resupply operations.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader anticipates needs and ensures resupply requests are
submitted before current supplies are exhausted.
a. Reports equipment status and losses.
b. Reports supply status.
* 3. Platoon sergeant (PSG) ensures required basic loads, supplies, and
platoon operational equipment are on hand.
a. Consolidates requests from section and or squad leaders.
b. Submits ammunition and resupply requests early for resupply.
c. Supervises ammunition stockage, when used.
d. Coordinates with the 1SG, supply sergeant, or executive officer (XO)
for support.
(1) Confirms location of resupply.
(2) Determines method of resupply (tailgate or service station).
e. Distributes supplies according to the plan.
f. Requests fortification materials (Class IV), as appropriate, for obstacle
construction during defensive operations.
g. Requests resupply based on actual losses and expenditures and
forecasted requirements.
h. Ensures requests are encoded when operating radios on a non-secure
net.
i. Informs the platoon as to which method of resupply will be used (service
(Coordinating Draft)
204
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
station or tailgate).
(1) Service station method: Determines if individuals, teams, squads,
or the entire platoon will rotate through the resupply point at the
same time.
(2) Tailgate method: Determines priority of resupply for fighting
positions.
* 4. Platoon conducts resupply.
a. Moves to the designated location, if conducting service station method.
b. Performs resupply as quickly as possible.
c. Distributes supplies throughout the platoon, based on current and
anticipated operations and needs.
d. Ensures security is maintained during resupply operations.
(1) Mans crew-served weapons and observations posts (OPs)
continuously.
(2) Prepares to respond in case the enemy attacks.
e. Uses back hauling to remove casualties, damaged equipment, excess
ammunition, and other items.
5. Platoon conducts aerial resupply.
a. Conducts a reconnaissance of the selected landing zone (LZ) or drop
zone (DZ) to confirm that it meets the factors of mission, enemy, terrain,
troops, time available, and civilian considerations (METT-TC) and aircraft
size requirements.
b. Organizes the platoon to receive aerial resupply.
c. Designates a security element.
d. Designates a recovery and distribution element.
e. Secures the LZ (security element).
(1) Searches the area to ensure it is free of the enemy.
(2) Establishes mutually supporting positions that provide
observation, cover, concealment, fields of fire, and cover the most
likely mounted and dismounted avenues of approach to the LZ or
DZ.
(3) Ensures that the positions are far enough out to provide early
warning of enemy actions.
(4) Employs hasty obstacles, as required (for example, Claymore
mines).
f. Identifies a distribution point for supplies.
g. Prepares the LZ or DZ (recovery and distribution section or squad),
once the security element has secured the LZ or DZ.
(1) Removes obstacles in the LZ or DZ, if possible, and marks
obstacles it cannot remove.
(2) Removes foreign object debris (FOD) that may interfere with the
(Coordinating Draft)
205
(Coordinating Draft)
resupply aircraft.
(3) Marks the load impact area or aircraft landing point in a manner
identified by the platoon leader (for example, smoke, lights, VS 17
panels, field-expedient markers).
(4) Divides the air-dropped load (if required) and moves it to the
distribution point.
(5) Unloads the aircraft, divides the load (if required), and moves it to
the distribution point.
(6) Conceals the LZ or DZ by removing any indication of its use,
such as aircraft tracks, and recovers markers, equipment, and any
other items that may identify its use for resupply.
h. PSG controls the break down of supplies in accordance with the
allocation plan at the distribution point.
6. Platoon leader coordinates refuel on the move (ROM), as necessary.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1270 Conduct Tactical Movement (Mounted or Dismounted)
(Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-1317 Prepare Landing and Pickup Zones
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
206
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Process Captured Documents and Equipment (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-4027)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) and or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a
combat mission at the location and time specified. During the mission, the platoon
captures enemy documents and or equipment that must be processed. All necessary
personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher,
adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the
Rules of Engagement (ROE) and or Rules of Interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon processes all captured documents and equipment in
accordance with (IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or
disposition instructions established by higher headquarters. The platoon evacuates
documents and or equipment to the rear as quickly as mission, enemy, terrain, troops,
time available and civilian considerations (METT-TC) allows.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
2. Platoon tags all captured documents and equipment.
a. Annotates type of document or equipment (for example, maps, photos,
rifles, or radios).
b. Annotates date and time of capture.
c. Annotates place of capture (grid coordinates).
d. Annotates capturing unit.
e. Annotates circumstances of capture.
f. Annotates prisoner's name [if taken from enemy prisoner of war (EPW)].
* 3. Platoon leader reports capture of documents or equipment to higher
headquarters.
a. Reports type of document or equipment.
b. Reports date and time of capture.
c. Reports capturing unit.
d. Reports place of capture (grid coordinates).
* 4. Platoon leader processes all captured documents and equipment IAW
TSOP, the OPORD, and or disposition instructions established by higher
headquarters.
a. Destroys, secures, evacuates, or abandons the equipment.
b. Evacuates documents through the chain of command to intelligence
(Coordinating Draft)
207
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
personnel as soon as METT-TC allows.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS: NONE
(Coordinating Draft)
208
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Secure Civilians During Operations (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (073-4036)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force has received
an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to secure civilians to protect
them from injury of combat. Some may be refugees and some may be inhabitants of the
area in which the platoon is operating. Some may be openly hostile. All necessary
personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher,
adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules
of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and
noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this
task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon secures civilians during operations in accordance with
(IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. The platoon identifies and segregates combatants and noncombatants,
searches them, safeguards them, and moves them out of the immediate area of
operations. The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Requests interpreters to help interface with the local populace if
necessary.
b. Sets control measures for expected or unexpected situations.
c. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
d. Disseminates reports (if applicable) and overlays to each subordinate
element to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 4. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
5. Platoon secures civilians.
a. Complies with ROE and or ROI.
b. Maintains 360 degree and three-dimensional security in the area of
operations (AO) in which civilians are gathered.
c. Segregates civilians identified as being combatants or suspected war
criminals and treats them like enemy prisoners of war (EPWs).
(1) Reports this situation and status in a timely manner to higher
headquarters.
(Coordinating Draft)
209
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
d. Searches civilians.
(1) Keeps identification papers with civilians under all circumstances
regardless of status.
e. Restrains and detains noncombatants who do not follow instructions.
f. Safeguards noncombatants and provides humane but firm treatment at
all times.
(1) Moves noncombatants away from firefights and the immediate
combat area.
(2) Provides food, water, and medical attention based upon the
medical ROE for civilian medical treatment.
g. Assigns guards to escort the civilians.
(1) Evacuates civilians to a processing/reception station or to an
intermediate collection point run by higher headquarters.
(2) Guards escorting the civilians are prepared to give concise
information to the processing and or reception station or intermediate
collection point about the original location of the civilians and their
actions since being encountered (for example; reluctant, totally
uncooperative, hostile, and so forth).
6. Platoon gives proper consideration to the situation of the press and local
officials.
7. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-2063 Report Tactical Information (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4027 Process Captured Documents and Equipment
(Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4036 Secure Civilians During Operations (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
210
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-5036
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
211
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(07-3-4045)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
sustained casualties during the current mission. The platoon has an aidman attached and
at least one combat lifesaver for each section and or squad. The platoon has
communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been
provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI).
Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some
iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon treats and evacuates casualties in accordance with
(IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's
guidance. The platoon administers the proper lifesaving measures to stabilize the
casualties. The platoon evacuates casualties to the company casualty collection point. The
platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
2. Platoon performs medical treatment.
a. Identifies serious casualties requiring evacuation.
b. Administers first aid to casualties.
c. Stabilizes the casualties.
d. Administers the proper lifesaving measures.
3. Combat lifesaver supports medical treatment of casualties on completion of
the combat mission.
a. Provides initial treatment until medical personnel can treat casualties.
b. Separates killed in action (KIAs), litter urgent, and litter priority.
c. Completes ANA Form 1380 (Field Medical Card) which includes initial
diagnosis and medication given.
* 4. Platoon leader reports the casualties as the tactical situation permits.
a. Completes ANA Form 1156 (Casualty Feeder Report) for killed or
wounded personnel.
b. Completes ANA Form 1155 (Witness Statement on Individual) for
captured or missing personnel.
5. Platoon evacuates casualties to the company casualty collection point.
a. Positions casualties on vehicle(s) if available.
b. Retains classified documents (signal operating instructions [SOI],
maps, orders, overlays) and mission-essential equipment (night vision
(Coordinating Draft)
212
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
devices, crew-served weapon) previously controlled by the casualty.
* 6. Platoon leader requests helicopter evacuation of casualties based on the
factors mission, terrain and weather, troops, time available, and civil
considerations (METT-TC).
a. Submits a nine-line medical evacuation (MEDEVAC) request.
b. Selects and marks the best available covered and concealed landing
zone (LZ).
c. Moves casualties by the best available means to the LZ and continues
treatment.
d. Assists the flight or ambulance crew with the casualties.
e. Maintains security of the LZ to include coordinating any suppressive
fires required.
7. Platoon evacuates enemy prisoner of war (EPW) casualties.
a. Checks enemy bodies for booby traps.
b. Searches EPW for weapons and ordnance before evacuation.
c. Prevents EPW from having access to weapons during evacuation.
d. Maintains security of EPW casualties.
e. Evacuates by the same standards as US casualties.
8. Platoon evacuates KIAs.
a. Moves to company collection point when the situation permits.
b. Transports separately from wounded, if possible.
Note: KIAs are not evacuated using MEDEVAC assets. They are evacuated
using unit vehicles or returning logistical packages (LOGPAC) vehicles.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
071-334-4002 Establish a Helicopter Landing Point
081-831-0101 Request Medical Evacuation
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-1317 Prepare Landing and Pickup Zones
07-3-1509 Evacuate KIA Remains
(Coordinating Draft)
213
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-2054 Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
214
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-35000)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received a warning order (WARNO) and operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order
(FRAGO) for an upcoming mission. Mission planning and coordination have been
accomplished. Time is available to conduct a rehearsal. All necessary personnel and
equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and
subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of
engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants
may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be
conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon conducts a rehearsal prior to the beginning of the
upcoming operation in accordance with (IAW) the order and commander's guidance. The
platoon uses the OPORD, the synchronization matrix, and the decision support template
(DST) as tools to focus and drive the rehearsal. The rehearsal addresses critical aspects
of the operation and provides necessary information for subordinate elements to execute
their mission. The platoon leader reinforces the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader plans and prioritizes the rehearsal schedule.
a. Selects:
(1) Type of rehearsal.
(2) Rehearsal technique.
(3) Place of rehearsal.
(4) Attendees.
(5) Enemy course of action (COA) to be portrayed.
b. Coordinates liaison officer (LNO) attendance from adjacent units, if
required.
c. Ensures rehearsal time and location are identified in the platoon
OPORD or WARNO.
* 3. Platoon leader prepares for rehearsal.
a. Identifies and prioritizes key events to be rehearsed.
b. Allocates time.
c. Confirms friendly and enemy situations.
(1) Receives updated reports showing the location of forward and
adjacent friendly elements, if applicable.
(Coordinating Draft)
215
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
(2) Receives an updated enemy situational template for added
fratricide prevention and increased force protection, if applicable.
(3) Clarifies priority intelligence requirement (PIR) requirements.
(4) Confirms any changes to the company team and platoon task or
purpose.
(5) Confirms any changes to the scheme of maneuver.
d. Reviews:
(1) Completeness of task organization.
(2) Readiness of personnel and material.
(3) Platoon level of preparation for the assigned mission.
e. Disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other pertinent
information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 4. Subordinate leaders complete their planning process.
* 5. Platoon leader executes the rehearsal.
a. Conducts a formal roll call and ensures that necessary equipment is on
hand.
b. Validates task organization for the mission.
c. Rehearses synchronization of combat power from flank, higher, and
own units.
d. Synchronizes the timing and contribution of each operating system.
e. Keeps the rehearsal within established time constraints.
f. Ensures selected events receive appropriate attention.
g. Ensures absentees receive changes immediately.
h. Bases the execution actions on the enemy COA he selected during the
planning process.
(1) Portrays his best assessment of the enemy COA.
(2) Communicates the enemy commander's:
(a) Presumed concept of operation.
(b) Desired effects.
(c) Intended end state.
i. Restates any changes, coordination, or clarification directed by the
commander.
j. Estimates the time that a FRAGO, stating the changes, will follow.
k. Orients participants to the training aid and the terrain.
l. Defines the standard (what will be accepted as satisfactory performance
for the rehearsal).
m. Visualizes and synchronizes the concept of operations.
n. Focuses on the key events and synchronization required to achieve the
desired effect on the enemy.
(Coordinating Draft)
216
(Coordinating Draft)
o. Considers the enemy's courses of action (COAs).
p. Rehearses again, if the standard is not met and time is available.
* 6. Subordinate leaders articulate their element's actions and responsibilities.
a. Use an established format.
b. Record changes on their copies of the graphics or OPORD.
* 7. Platoon leader assembles participants to conduct an after action review
(AAR).
a. Updates OPORD and or plan, as required
* 8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
217
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct Consolidation and Reorganization (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-5009)
ITERATION
LEADER ASSESSMENT
1 2 3
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has been
in contact with the enemy. The platoon must consolidate and reorganize. The platoon has
reestablished communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements, as
required. Enemy forces have withdrawn to hasty defensive positions but have the
capability to counterattack. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of
engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants,
to include the international press, may be present in the operational environment. Some
iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon consolidates and reorganizes in accordance with (IAW)
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP) and or the platoon leader's guidance. The
platoon occupies or reoccupies hasty fighting positions, with sectors of fire, establishes
security, accounts for all personnel and equipment, and reestablishes the chain of
command. Wounded in action (WIAs) are identified, stabilized, and prepared for
evacuation. Killed in action (KIAs) are identified and prepared for evacuation. Ammunition
and supplies are redistributed as needed. The platoon complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader conducts troop-leading procedures.
* 3. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 4. Platoon leader positions or repositions the observation post (OP) forward to
provide security.
a. Ensures members are alert for a possible counterattack.
b. Ensures the platoon main body is not engaged without warning.
c. Ensures communications between platoon and OP.
5. Platoon occupies or reoccupies hasty fighting positions near the objective.
a. Establishes all around security.
(1) Evaluates terrain thoroughly.
(2) Positions the squads using the clock or the terrain feature
technique.
(3) Mans key weapons, as required by factors of mission, enemy,
terrain and weather, troops, time available, and civil considerations
(METTTC).
b. Destroys all organized resistance.
c. Conducts reconnaissance of objective or area of operations (AO) with
(Coordinating Draft)
218
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
local patrols and scouts to ensure it is free of enemy.
d. Establishes local security.
e. Defends against enemy counterattacks.
f. Reorganizes and reestablishes the chain of command by filling key
leader positions.
g. Reestablishes communications nets.
* 6. Platoon leader assigns or reassigns all squads’ temporary sectors of fire.
* 7. Platoon or squad leaders adjust positions and position crew-served
weapons to cover likely avenues of approach and ensure mutual support
between squads and adjacent units.
* 8. Leaders supervise redistribution of ammunition and equipment.
* 9. Squad leaders provide ammunition, casualty, and equipment (ACE) reports
to the platoon leader.
*10. Platoon sergeant coordinates resupply.
*11. Platoon leader provides a consolidated ACE report the company
commander.
*12. Platoon leader reports any intelligence information of immediate value to
the company commander.
13. Platoon secures enemy prisoners of war (EPW) as required.
14. Platoon treats and evacuates casualties.
15. Platoon processes captured documents and or equipment as required.
16. Platoon continues operations as directed.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
071-025-0003 Load an PKM Light Machine Gun
071-311-2026 Perform a Function Check on an AK-47 Rifle
071-311-2126 Perform a Function Check on an GP-30 Grenade Launcher
071-311-2127 Load an GP-30 Grenade Launcher
071-311-2129 Correct Malfunctions of an GP-30 Grenade Launcher
071-312-4026 Perform a Function Check on an RPK Automatic Rifle
071-312-4027 Load an RPK Automatic Rifle
(Coordinating Draft)
219
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-4009 Handle Enemy Prisoners of War (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-4045 Treat and Evacuate Casualties (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-6027 Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
220
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (073-5027)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a specific
mission at the location and time specified. All necessary personnel and equipment are
available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate
elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE)
and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in
the operational environment.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon leader conducts risk management in accordance with
(IAW) tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), and or commander's guidance. The
platoon identifies hazards, assesses hazards, develops controls and makes risk decisions,
implements controls, and supervises and evaluates controls. The platoon complies with
the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Note: Platoon leaders at all echelons should conduct risk management within
their capability.
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader begins immediately to analyze the mission briefly using the
factors of mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops, time available, and civil
considerations (METT-TC).
* 4. Platoon leader identifies tactical and accidental risks and safety hazards.
a. Ensures the mission is executed in the safest possible environment,
within mission constraints.
b. Identifies the hazards associated with all aspects and phases of the
mission.
(1) Integrates as a part of the tactical planning process.
c. Identifies the benefits of safety measures to the unit's mission versus
the potential cost of risk or safety hazards paying particular attention to
factors of METT-TC.
d. Conducts continuous assessment during the operation for risk
reduction.
* 5. Platoon leader assesses identified risk or safety hazards.
a. Determines risk that can be eliminated or avoided.
b. Assesses the severity of hazards that cannot be eliminated or avoided.
(Coordinating Draft)
221
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
c. Compares identified risk to the commander's acceptable risk level
based on stated mission objectives.
d. Describes operations in terms of its risk level (extremely high, high,
medium, low) based upon the factors of METT-TC.
e. Computes overall risk status.
f. Identifies aspects of the operation that may be affected by the primary
causes of fratricide.
(1) Failures in the direct and indirect fire control plan.
(2) Land navigation failures.
(3) Failures in combat identification.
(4) Inadequate control measures.
(5) Failures in reporting and communications.
(6) Weapons control status.
(7) Battlefield hazards.
(8) Adjacent units.
* 6. Platoon leader develops controls and make risk decisions to eliminate or
reduce risk and safety hazards.
Note: Only the commander can make final risk decisions. He alone decides if
controls are sufficient and acceptable and whether to accept the resulting
residual risk.
a. Selects course of action (COA) that achieves the commander's intent
and minimizes the risk.
b. Develops procedures that reduce risk.
c. Develops controls that specify who, what, where, when, why, and how
each control will be used.
d. Integrates controls into rehearsals and mission executions.
7. Platoon personnel implement risk control procedures.
* 8. Platoon leader supervises and evaluates risk management controls.
a. Supervises mission rehearsals and execution to ensure combat safety
standards are maintained.
b. Evaluates the effectiveness of controls and adjust as necessary.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
(Coordinating Draft)
222
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-5036 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
223
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad) (07-3-5036)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received a warning order (WARNO), operation order (OPORD), or fragmentary order
(FRAGO) for an upcoming mission. Time is available to conduct troop-leading procedures
(TLP). All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has
communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been
provided guidance on the rules of engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI).
Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment. Some
iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon leader conducts troop-leading procedures in accordance
with (IAW) the tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP) and appropriate field
manual. All planning, coordination, preparations, rehearsals, inspections, and orders are
conducted.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
a. Includes the following information in the WARNO.
(1) Platoon mission and platoon leader's time line.
(2) Enough information for subordinate elements to start preparation
for the mission.
(3) Movement instructions, if movement is to be initiated before
OPORD issuance.
(4) Items not covered in the unit TSOP.
* 3. Platoon leader conducts mission analysis.
Note: All leaders should use the general 1/3 - 2/3 rule when planning to allow
subordinates maximum planning time.
a. Focuses on determining the platoon's mission and the amount of
available time.
b. Begins immediately to analyze the mission briefly using the factors of
mission, enemy, terrain and weather, troops, time available, and civil
considerations (METT-TC).
(1) Uses no more than one third of available planning time for his
planning. (Allows subordinates to have two thirds of available
planning time for their planning.)
(2) Obtains clarification of the commander's intent two levels up,
(Coordinating Draft)
224
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
specified tasks, and implied tasks, if necessary.
(3) Coordinates with adjacent, combat support (CS), and combat
service support (CSS) elements, as necessary or appropriate.
* 4. Platoon leader makes a tentative plan.
a. Develops an estimate of the situation which includes:
(1) Detailed mission analysis.
(a) Understands battalion commander intent and concept.
(b) Analyzes METT-TC in as much detail as time and quality of
information will allow.
(c) Identifies specified, implied and essential tasks.
(d) Identifies any constraints, i.e. requirements for action and
prohibition of actions.
(e) Restates platoon mission statement of who, what, when,
where, and why.
(2) Situational analysis and course of action (COA) development.
(a) Platoon leader determines one or more ways to achieve the
mission.
(b) Analyzes relative combat power.
(c) Generates options.
(d) Array platoon's initial forces.
(e) Develops schemes of maneuver.
(3) Analysis of each COA.
(a) Determines advantages and disadvantages.
(b) Visualizes the flow of battle.
(4) Comparison of each COA.
(a) Does the COA accomplish the platoon purpose?
b. Makes a decision on which COA will be used. (The decision represents
the tentative plan.)
* 5. Platoon leader initiates movement IAW the WARNO, OPORD, FRAGO and
or unit TSOP. (There may be a need to initiate movement immediately following
the issuance of the WARNO.)
a. Issues necessary orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
b. Establishes movement control through the use of waypoints.
c. Assumes the appropriate readiness condition (REDCON) level.
d. Dispatches quartering party as necessary.
e. Begins priorities of work.
f. Conducts time-distance check of the route to the start point (SP), as
necessary.
g. Prepares reconnaissance element(s) for movement.
(Coordinating Draft)
225
(Coordinating Draft)
* 6. Platoon leader conducts reconnaissance.
a. Coordinates with organizations that his reconnaissance elements will
pass through or near.
b. Completes a personal reconnaissance when time allows.
c. Completes a map reconnaissance when time does not allow a personal
recon.
d. Requests reconnaissance assets conduct the recon, if the risk of
enemy contact is high.
* 7. Platoon leader completes the plan.
a. Adjusts the plan based on results of the reconnaissance.
b. Ensures the plan meets the requirements of the mission and the
commander's intent.
* 8. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
a. Ensures subordinates understand mission, commander’s intent,
concept of the operation, and their assigned tasks.
b. Issues the order within sight of the objective or on defensive terrain.
(When this is not possible, a terrain model or sketch should be used.)
* 9. Platoon leader supervises preparations and refines the order.
a. Conducts a rehearsal, if possible.
b. Conducts inspections.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-3-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
226
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Establish Radio Communications (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
(07-3-5054)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force. The platoon
has moved to an assembly area or other location that requires them to establish radio
communications to provide information exchange between platoon elements, higher
headquarters, and fire support elements. All necessary personnel and equipment are
available. The signal annex to the operation order (OPORD) is available. Some iterations
of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon establishes radio communications in accordance with
(IAW) the tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), order, and or commander's
guidance. The platoon prepares the radio system for operation and enters the appropriate
net. The platoon maintains communications security.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader and or platoon sergeant (PSG) positions radio stations
(primary and alternate) some distance from the unit headquarters or command
post.
Note: Long range enemy artillery fire, missiles, or aerial bombardment directed
at the stations as a result of enemy direction finding will not strike the command
post area.
a. Allows for effective use of terrain in an electronic warfare environment.
b. Avoids frequency interference from power lines and other friendly
sources.
c. Provides physical security from attack.
d. Provides the best possible cover and concealment consistent with
reliable transmission and reception of required stations.
3. Platoon prepares the communication systems for operation.
a. Ensures that equipment is initialized and operating IAW TSOP and
applicable manuals.
b. Installs required antenna.
c. Sets assigned frequency(s).
d. Makes required settings.
e. Programs equipment for secure operations using key list or appropriate
keying devices, if applicable.
f. Checks all system components for operational abilities.
g. Provides security for communications security (COMSEC) items.
(Coordinating Draft)
227
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
4. Infantry platoon enters the company command net.
a. Establishes the platoon internal net.
b. Monitors the fire support net.
5. Reconnaissance platoon enters the battalion operations and intelligence net,
the battalion command net, or both depending on standing operating
procedures (SOP).
a. Monitors the fire support net.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS
01-5700.01-0001 Communicate on a Tactical Radio
01-5700.01-0002 Determine Call Signs, Frequencies, and Item Numbers
01-5700.01-0003 Employ a Numeral Cipher Authentication System
113-573-8006
Use an Automated Signal Operation Instruction (SOI)
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS: NONE
(Coordinating Draft)
228
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Occupy an Assembly Area (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-35063)
ITERATION
1 2 3
LEADER ASSESSMENT
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to occupy an
assembly area (AA) at the location and time specified. All necessary personnel and
equipment are available. The platoon has communications with higher, adjacent, and
subordinate elements. The platoon has been provided guidance on the rules of
engagement (ROE) and or rules of interaction (ROI). Coalition forces and noncombatants
may be present in the operational environment. Some iterations of this task should be
conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon occupies the AA in accordance with the order and or
commander's guidance. The platoon enters the AA without stopping or blocking the route
of march, moves all personnel and equipment to their assigned positions not later than
(NLT) the time specified in the order, establishes priority of work, establishes local
security, and maintains appropriate readiness condition (REDCON) levels. The platoon
complies with the ROE and or ROI.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans using troop-leading procedures.
a. Conducts a map reconnaissance.
(1) Identifies tentative rally points.
(2) Identifies likely enemy avenues of approach.
(3) Marks tentative dismount points on maps as appropriate.
b. Plans and coordinates indirect fire support and or close air support, if
available.
c. Identifies direct fire responsibilities.
d. Addresses actions on chance contact with the enemy.
* 4. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
* 5. Platoon leader assigns personnel to perform quartering party duties IAW
guidance and or TSOP.
a. Briefs personnel on platoon requirements for the quartering party.
* 6. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
7. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
(Coordinating Draft)
229
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
* 8. Platoon leader issues FRAGOs, as necessary, to address changes to the
plan identified during the rehearsal.
9. Quartering party clears the release point (RP) and moves to the AA.
a. Assists in reconnaissance of the route and the proposed AA.
b. Assists in improving and marking entrances, exits, and internal routes.
c. Assists in marking obstacles, mines, and contaminated areas.
d. Selects and marks tentative platoon vehicle, weapons, and dismounted
team positions IAW OPORD, FRAGO, or SOP.
e. Maintains surveillance and provides security of the area until the arrival
of the platoon.
f. Posts guides in covered and concealed positions to guide platoon to its
initial position without halting.
10. Platoon clears the RP and moves to AA.
11. Platoon performs initial occupation of the AA.
a. Follows directions from guides and moves into marked positions.
b. Orients weapon systems to cover sectors of responsibility.
c. Follows proper cool-down procedures, shuts down engines
simultaneously, if applicable.
*12. Platoon leader/platoon sergeant (PSG) initiates assembly area activities.
a. Reviews organization of the AA with quartering party personnel.
b. Designates section direct fire responsibilities.
c. Directs section/team leaders to prepare sector sketches.
d. Keeps the company commander informed of the status of the
operation, taking the following steps as necessary:
(1) Reports platoon's arrival at the AA.
(2) Reports completion of initial occupation of AA positions.
(3) Prepares and forwards situation reports (SITREPs) to the
commander, as necessary, throughout the operation.
e. Determines security procedures, REDCON level, and priorities of work.
13. Platoon establishes and maintains local security under direction from the
platoon leader.
a. Assigns each section a sector of the perimeter to ensure mutual
support and to cover all gaps by observation and fire.
b. Establishes patrols to prevent infiltration and to clear possible enemy
observation posts (OPs) within assigned sector (if applicable).
c. Designates an OP and selects OP personnel.
d. Ensures the OP has communications with the platoon.
e. Warns the platoon of any enemy approach before the platoon is
attacked (OP).
(Coordinating Draft)
230
(Coordinating Draft)
f. Camouflages equipment.
g. Enforces noise, light, and litter discipline.
h. Prepares primary fighting positions.
14. Based on the priority of work established by the platoon leader, the platoon
(can vary by platoon TSOP and (factors of mission, enemy, terrain and
weather, troops, time available, and civilian considerations [METT-TC].)
a. Positions weapon systems and assigns sectors of fire.
b. Positions other assets attached to the platoon.
c. Establishes wire communications.
d. Designates final protective line (FPL) and final protective fires (FPFs).
e. Clears fields of fire and prepares range cards and sector sketches.
f. Camouflages the positions
g. Coordinates with adjacent elements left, right, forward, and to the rear,
if applicable.
(1) Ensures there are no gaps between elements.
(2) Exchanges information on OP locations and platoon signals.
h. Improves primary fighting positions by adding such things as overhead
cover.
i. Prepares alternate positions, then supplementary positions.
j. Establishes a sleep and rest plan.
k. Reconnoiters routes.
l. Adjusts positions or control measures as required.
m. Stockpiles ammunition, food, and water.
n. Digs trenches to connect positions.
o. Continues to improve positions.
*15. Platoon leader forwards a sector sketch to the company commander and
keeps one for platoon use.
16. Platoon performs field sanitation operations.
a. Maintains adequate supply of potable water.
b. Establishes latrines and hand washing facilities.
c. Performs personal hygiene activities.
17. Platoon assumes specified REDCON level, taking one of the following
steps:
a. Assumes REDCON-1 (Full alert).
Note: A period of maximum preparedness, REDCON-1 ensures that all platoon
personnel are alert and prepared for action immediately. Infantry squads, to
include OPs, are recalled, and weapons are manned.
b. Assumes REDCON-2 (Full alert).
Note: Equipment is stowed except for wire and telephone equipment, if used.
(Coordinating Draft)
231
(Coordinating Draft)
Platoon weapons are manned. Infantry squads and OPs are still deployed.
c. Assumes REDCON-3 (Reduced alert).
Note: Fifty percent of each squad stands down for feeding, rest, maintenance,
or troop leading procedures.
d. Assumes REDCON-4 (Minimum alert).
Note: Seventy five percent of each squad stands down for feeding, rest,
maintenance, or troop leading procedures. Crew-served weapons within each
infantry squad are manned. OPs are manned.
18. The platoon continues priorities of work, including operations security
(OPSEC), maintenance, resupply, and rest activities.
a. Maintains security IAW platoon leader's guidance, order and or TSOP.
b. Increases REDCON levels progressively as required based on
company commander's guidance or unit SOP.
*19. On receipt of further orders, the platoon leader conducts preparations for
departing the AA.
a. Reconnoiters route and or calculates time distance for departing the
AA, as directed.
b. Conducts police call to ensure no equipment, supplies, or other items of
tactical or intelligence value is left behind.
c. Increases REDCON levels progressively as required based on
company commander's guidance or TSOP.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
5
TOTAL
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-6054 Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-3-1180 Conduct a Tactical Road March (Mounted) (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2000 Conduct a Route Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2009 Conduct an Area or Zone Reconnaissance (Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
07-3-2018 Establish an Observation Post (OP) (Antiarmor/Infantry/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
232
(Coordinating Draft)
07-3-2054
07-3-3009
07-3-4018
07-3-5000
07-3-5027
07-3-5036
07-3-5054
07-3-6027
Report Tactical Information (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Employ Fire Support (Infantry/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Perform Resupply Operations (Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Establish Radio Communications (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
233
(Coordinating Draft)
TASK: Prepare for Combat (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad) (07-3-5081)
ITERATION
LEADER ASSESSMENT
1 2 3
4 5 (circle)
T P U
(circle)
CONDITION: The platoon is conducting operations as part of a larger force and has
received an operation order (OPORD) and or fragmentary order (FRAGO) to conduct a
mission at the location and time specified. The platoon is presently occupying an assembly
area. All necessary personnel and equipment are available. The platoon has
communications with higher, adjacent, and subordinate elements. The platoon has been
provided guidance on the Rules of Engagement (ROE) and or Rules of Interaction (ROI).
Coalition forces and noncombatants may be present in the operational environment.
Some iterations of this task should be conducted during limited visibility conditions.
TASK STANDARD: The platoon prepares for combat in accordance with (IAW) the
tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP), the order, and or commander's guidance.
The platoon rehearses the plan and or mission, conducts a final inspection, performs
personnel and equipment checks, requests additional combat support (CS) and combat
service support assets, and ensures attachments are checked for mission readiness.
TASK STEPS and PERFORMANCE MEASURES
* 1. Platoon leader gains and or maintains situational understanding using
information that is gathered from maps, intelligence summaries, situation
reports (SITREPs), and or other available information sources.
* 2. Platoon leader receives an OPORD or FRAGO and issues warning order
(WARNO) to the platoon.
* 3. Platoon leader plans the mission using troop-leading procedures.
a. Organizes the platoon as necessary to accomplish the mission and or
compensate for combat losses.
b. Coordinates plans and actions as required.
(1) Coordinates scheme of maneuver with higher, adjacent, and
supporting units.
(2) Coordinates current intelligence with higher, adjacent, and
supporting units.
(3) Coordinates control measures with higher, adjacent, and
supporting units.
(4) Coordinates communications and signals with higher, adjacent,
and supporting units.
(5) Coordinates time schedules with higher, adjacent, and supporting
units.
(6) Coordinates support requirements with higher, adjacent, and
supporting units.
(7) Coordinates fire plans with higher, adjacent, and supporting units.
4. Platoon members prepare for combat.
a. Perform vehicle and equipment preventive maintenance checks and
(Coordinating Draft)
234
GO
NO
GO
(Coordinating Draft)
services and before operation checks.
b. Load the vehicle weapon systems, if applicable.
c. Service and clean individual equipment.
d. Load individual weapons.
* 5. Platoon leader, platoon sergeant (PSG) and or vehicle commanders (VCs)
ensure miscellaneous supplies are loaded.
a. Ensure they have map(s) with current overlay.
b. Ensure they have notebook with pens and pencils.
c. Ensure they have the tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP).
d. Ensure they have prisoner of war (PW) and document tags.
e. Ensure they have map-marking pen(s).
f. Ensure they have a watch and compass.
g. Ensure they have vehicle documents, as required.
h. Ensure they have signal operation instructions (SOI) extract.
i. Ensure they have a protractor.
j. Ensure they have ANA Forms 1155 (Witness or Individual Statement
Form).
k. Ensure they have ANA Form 1156 (Casualty Feeder Report).
l. Ensure they have binoculars.
* 6. Platoon leader, PSG and or squad leaders inspect the vehicle.
a. Ensure vehicle is loaded in accordance with the unit load plan.
b. Ensure vehicle is topped off.
c. Ensure water can(s) is full.
d. Ensure meals, ready to eat (MRE), are stowed.
e. Ensure weapons cleaning kits are present and complete.
f. Ensure vehicle first aid kit is present and complete.
g. Ensure tool bag is complete.
h. Ensure operator's manual is present with the latest changes posted.
i. Ensure current ANA Form 2404 or 5988-E is on hand.
j. Ensure fire extinguishers are present and serviceable.
k. Ensure oil levels are correct.
l. Ensure battery cables are secure and posts and terminals are clean.
m. Ensure suspension components are serviceable.
n. Ensure all lights are operational.
o. Ensure bilge pumps are operational, if applicable.
p. Ensure interior is clean.
q. Ensure all gauges are functional.
(Coordinating Draft)
235
(Coordinating Draft)
r. Ensure air filters are clean.
s. Ensure warning triangles are present.
t. Ensure all equipment is strapped down.
u. Ensure track or tires are serviceable.
v. Ensure no fuel leaks are detected.
w. Ensure belts are serviceable, if applicable.
x. Ensure cold start system is operational, if applicable.
* 7. Platoon leader, PSG, and or squad leaders inspect the vehicle's armament.
a. Ensure weapon systems are clean, lubricated, and functional.
b. Ensure sights are clean and operational.
c. Ensure vision blocks are clean and secure, if applicable.
d. Ensure integrated sight unit (ISU) is operational and focused, if
applicable.
e. Ensure traversing and elevation systems are functional.
f. Ensure weapons are properly mounted, to include the locks and pins.
g. Ensure all ready box access doors are secured, if applicable.
h. Ensure ammunition is serviceable and stowed in accordance with (IAW)
the unit load plan.
i. Ensure all boresight and zero procedures have been completed, if
applicable.
j. Ensure battlesight is indexed IAW operation order (OPORD), if
applicable.
k. Ensure spare barrels are present, clean, and serviceable.
l. Ensure boresight kits are present, if applicable.
m. Ensure headspace and timing are set on the machine gun, if
applicable.
n. Ensure prefire checklist is completed and posted, if applicable..
* 8. Platoon leader, PSG, and or squad leaders inspect all communications
equipment.
a. Ensure radio checks are complete.
b. Ensure radios are mounted and secured.
c. Ensure matching unit is functional, if applicable.
d. Ensure hand mikes are connected properly.
e. Ensure vehicle crewman helmets are connected and functional.
f. Ensure antenna balls are present and tapped or tied down.
g. Ensure spare batteries are on hand.
h. Ensure operator's manuals are present.
i. Ensure radio backpack is complete.
(Coordinating Draft)
236
(Coordinating Draft)
j. Ensure all connections and receptacles are clean.
k. Ensure secure equipment is operational and the proper fills are set, if
applicable.
l. Ensure TA 312/TA 1s are complete and operational, if applicable.
m. Ensure WD-1 spools are present, if applicable.
n. Ensure OE 254 is complete and serviceable, if applicable.
o. Ensure AN/GRA-39 radio set complete and operational, with spare
batteries, if applicable.
p. Ensure AN/VIC-1 intercom operational, if applicable.
q. Ensure all required nets are entered and functioning.
9. Crew and or platoon members inspect ancillary equipment.
a. Ensure mine detector is operational, if applicable.
b. Ensure demolition kit is complete, if applicable.
c. Ensure camouflage systems are complete.
*10. Platoon leader, PSG and or squad leaders inspect all needed equipment
and personal gear.
a. Inspect helmets, to include the webbing, headband, and camouflage
cover.
b. Inspect individual weapons.
c. Inspect personnel identification.
(1) Valid and correct identification tags.
(2) Valid ID card.
(3) Current drivers licenses (drivers).
NOTE: The driver should have a valid license for the vehicle to which he is
assigned; however, he should not be the only crewman with a license for this
vehicle.
d. Inspect individual load bearing equipment (web gear) for serviceability.
(1) Individual equipment belt.
(2) Canteen(s) with cup and cover.
(a) Canteen(s) filled.
(3) First aid case with field dressing.
(4) Ammunition cases.
(5) Suspenders.
(6) Pistol holster with lanyard (as required).
(7) Flashlight.
(8) Earplugs.
(9) Bayonet.
f. Inspect personal equipment and clothing IAW the TSOP.
(Coordinating Draft)
237
(Coordinating Draft)
*11. Platoon leader, PSG and or squad leaders brief crews on the operation.
a. Brief start point (SP), time, and location.
b. Brief formations and order of march.
c. Brief friendly location(s).
d. Brief the enemy situation.
*12. Platoon leader and or PSG requests additional combat support (CS)
assets, as required.
*13. Platoon leader and or PSG requests combat service support (CSS), as
required.
*14. Platoon leader and or PSG ensure attachments are briefed.
a. Briefs platoon mission and the commander's intent.
b. Briefs specific and implied tasks.
c. Briefs tactical standing operating procedures (TSOP).
d. Briefs overall plan.
e. Briefs recent enemy activities.
*15. Platoon leader or his designated representative ensures attachments are
checked for mission readiness.
*16. Platoon leader or his designated representative ensures attachments are
linked up with subordinate leaders within the platoon.
*17. Platoon leader disseminates reports (if applicable), overlays, and other
pertinent information to each squad to keep them abreast of the situation.
*18. Platoon leader issues orders and instructions to include ROE and or ROI.
19. Platoon conducts a rehearsal.
NOTE * Indicates a leader task.
NOTE + Indicates a critical task.
TASK PERFORMANCE/EVALUATION SUMMARY BLOCK
ITERATION
1
2
3
4
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES EVALUATED
TOTAL TASK STEPS AND PERFORMANCE
MEASURES “GO”
SUPPORTING INDIVIDUAL TASKS: NONE
SUPPORTING COLLECTIVE TASKS
07-2-5000 Conduct a Rehearsal (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5054 Conduct Risk Management (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
07-2-5072 Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
(Coordinating Draft)
238
5
TOTAL
(Coordinating Draft)
07-2-6054
07-3-4018
07-3-5000
07-3-5027
07-3-5036
07-3-6027
Maintain Operations Security (Antiarmor Company/Platoon)
Perform Resupply Operations (Antiarmor/Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Conduct a Rehearsal (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Risk Management (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance Platoon/Squad)
Conduct Troop-leading Procedures (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
Maintain Operations Security (Infantry/Mortar/Reconnaissance
Platoon/Squad)
(Coordinating Draft)
239
Coordinating Draft
GLOSSARY
ACRONYMS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND DEFINITIONS
ACE – Ammunition, Casualty, and Equipment. Commonly refers to a status report sent
during the reorganization phase after contact with the enemy.
ADA – Air Defense Artillery
Alternate position – a position given to a weapon, unit, or individual to occupy when the
primary position becomes unsuitable for carrying out its task. The alternate position
covers the same field of fire as the primary position
Ambush – a surprise attack from a concealed position on a moving or temporarily halted
target
AO – Area of Operation
APC – Armored Personnel Carrier. A generic title for M113, BMP, BRDM
Area reconnaissance – a reconnaissance operation to obtain detailed information
concerning the terrain or enemy activity within a prescribed area
Assault – to make a short, violent, but well-ordered attack against a local objective such
as a gun emplacement, a fort, or a machine gun nest
Attached – a temporary placement of units or personnel in an organization. The unit or
organization receiving the attachment has the responsibility to provide the attached
units with sustainment support above its organic capability
Avenue of approach – a ground route of an attacking force of a given size leading to its
objective or to key terrain in its path
Axis – the general direction of movement on a route
BAS – Battalion Aid Station
Base of fire – fire placed on an enemy force or position to reduce or eliminate the
enemy’s capability to interfere by fire and/or movement with friendly maneuver
element(s). It may be provided by a single weapon or a grouping of weapons
systems
Block – a tactical mission that denies the enemy access to an area or prevents his
advance in a direction or along an avenue of approach
Bounding overwatch – a movement technique used when contact with enemy forces is
expected. The unit moves by bounds. One element is always halted in position to
overwatch another element while it moves. The overwatching element is positioned
to support the moving unit by fire or fire and movement
BP – Battle Position, a defensive location oriented on a likely enemy avenue of approach.
Breach – a tactical mission in which the unit employs all available means to break through
or secure a passage through an enemy defense, obstacle, minefield, or fortification
Bypass – a tactical mission in which the commander directs his unit to maneuver around
an obstacle or location, avoiding combat with an enemy force
Cache – hidden location of supplies and weapons
CCP – Casualty Collection Point
Coordinating Draft
Glossary - 1
Coordinating Draft
Clear – a tactical mission that requires the commander to remove all enemy forces and
eliminate any organized resistance in an assigned area
COMSEC – communications security
Contact point – a point on the terrain, easily identifiable, where two or more ground units
are required to make physical contact
Counterattack – attack by part or all of a defending force against an enemy attacking
force, for such specific purposes as regaining ground lost, or cutting off or destroying
enemy advance units
CP – Command Post
CS – Combat Support
CSS – Combat Service Support
Deception – those measures designed to mislead the enemy to make him react in a way
not to his interests. The goal is to make an enemy more vulnerable to the effects of
weapons, maneuver, and operations of friendly forces
Defeat – a tactical task to either disrupt the enemy force commander’s plan or suppress
his will to fight so that he is unwilling or unable to maintain his plan
Delay – a force under pressure trades space for time by slowing the enemy’s momentum
and inflicting maximum damage on the enemy without becoming decisively engaged
Deliberate attack – an offensive operation with preplanned coordinated employment of
firepower and maneuver to close with and destroy or capture the enemy
Destroy – to damage a combat system so badly that it cannot perform any function or be
restored to a useable condition without being entirely rebuilt; to leave an enemy force
or equipment combat-ineffective
Dispersion – the spreading or separating of troops, material, establishments, or activities
which are usually concentrated in limited areas to reduce vulnerability
Disposition – The exact location of the enemy forces and key weapons systems.
Disrupt – a tactical task or obstacle effect that integrates fire planning and obstacle effort
to break apart an enemy's formation and tempo, interrupt the enemy's timetable, or
cause premature commitment of enemy forces, or the fragmenting of his attack
Diversion – the act of drawing the attention and forces of an enemy from the friendly main
attack
DLIC – detachment(s) left in conflict, an element left in contact as part of the previously
designated security force while the main body conducts its withdrawal
DS – Direct Support
DZ – Drop Zone
EA – Engagement Area
EPW – Enemy Prisoner of War
FA – Field Artillery
FEBA – forward edge of the battle area, the forward line which main body ground combat
units are deployed. Does not include the areas in which the covering, screening
forces or scouts are operating. It is designated to coordinate fire support, the
positioning of forces, or the maneuver of units
Coordinating Draft
Glossary - 2
Coordinating Draft
Field of fire – the area which a weapon or a group of weapons may cover effectively with
fire from a given position
Final Protective Fire – An immediately available prearranged barrier of fire designed to
hamper enemy movement.
FIST – Fire support team
Fix – preventing the enemy from moving any part of his force from a specific location for a
specific period of time
FO – Forward Observer, an observer operating with front line troops and trained to adjust
indirect fire and pass back battlefield information. In the absence of a forward air
controller, the observer may control close air support strikes.
FPF – Final Protective Fire, an immediately available prearranged barrier of fire designed
to hamper enemy movement
FPL – Final Protective Line, A line of fire selected where an enemy assault is to be
stopped by interlocking fire from all available weapons and obstacles.
FRAGO – fragmentary order, a shortened form of an operation order issued following the
original order that eliminates the need for restating information contained in a basic
operations order. It can be verbal or a written message that provides brief, specific,
and timely instructions to change or modify the original order
Fratricide – the unintentional killing or wounding of friendly personnel by friendly firepower
FSE – Fire Support Element, part of the tactical operations center that is responsible for
targeting, coordination and for integrating fires under the control, or in support, of the
maneuver unit
FSO – Fire Support Officer
Hasty attack – an offensive operation conducted with the forces immediately available to
maintain momentum or to take advantage of the enemy situation, does not normally
IAW – In Accordance With
Illum – Illumination
Infiltrate – A form of maneuver in the offense. A way of reaching the enemy’s rear without
fighting through prepared defenses and without being seen or heard.
Isolate – to prevent an enemy unit from having contact with other enemy forces, a tactical
mission task that requires a unit to seal off-both physically and mentally an enemy
from his sources of support, denies an enemy freedom of movement, and prevents
an enemy unit from having contact with other enemy forces
KIA – Killed In Action
Kill zone – the part of an ambush site where fire is concentrated to destroy the enemy
LBE – Load Bearing Equipment, the suspenders and cummerbund individual soldiers
wear to carry their individual equipment – canteens, ammunition pouches, first aid
pouch
LD – Line of Departure, a line designated to coordinate the departure of attack elements.
A phase line crossed at a prescribed time by troops initiating an offensive operation
Link-up point – a point where two elements are scheduled to meet to consolidate before
proceeding with their missions
Coordinating Draft
Glossary - 3
Coordinating Draft
LOGPAC – logistics package
LOS – Line Of Sight, the ability to see from one point to another. The unobstructed path
from a soldier, weapon, weapon sight, or piece of reconnaissance equipment to
another point
LZ – Landing Zone
MEDEVAC - medical evacuation, can be by or ground
METT-TC – Mission, Enemy, Terrain, Troops, Time Available, And Civil Considerations
MOUT – Military Operations on Urbanized Terrain, operations taking place in cities and
towns
MTP - Mission Training Plan
Mutual support – that support which units provide each other against an enemy because
of their assigned tasks, their position relative to each other and to the enemy, and
their inherent capabilities. It normally is associated with support rendered through
fire and movement. A condition which exists when positions are able to support each
other by direct fire, thus preventing the enemy from attacking one position without
being subjected to direct fire from one or more adjacent positions
NAI – Named Area of Interest, a point or area along a particular avenue of approach
through which enemy activity is expected to occur
NCO – Noncommissioned officer
NLT – Not Later Than
Obscure – the effects of weather, battlefield dust, and debris, or the use of smoke to
hamper observation and target-acquisition capability or to conceal activities or
movement
Obstacle – any obstruction designed to disrupt, fix, turn, or block the movement of an
opposing force, and to impose additional losses in personnel, time, and equipment
on the opposing force, they can be natural, manmade, or a combination of both
OCOKA – Observation and fields of fire, Cover and concealment, Obstacles and
movement, Key terrain, and Avenues of approach, the considerations for conducting
terrain analysis
OP – Observation Post, a position from which military observations are made, or fire
directed and adjusted, and which has appropriate communications
OPCON – operational control
OPORD – operation order, a directive issued by a commander to subordinate
commanders for the purpose of directing the coordinated execution of an operation.
Also called the five paragraph field order, it contains as a minimum a description of
the task organization, situation, mission, execution, administrative and logistics
support, and command and signal for the specified operation
ORP – Objective Rally Point, a rally point out of sight, sound and smalls arms range of the
objective area
Overwatch – a tactical technique in which one element is positioned to support the
movement of another element with immediate fire. The tactical role of an element
positioned to support the movement of another element with immediate fire
Coordinating Draft
Glossary - 4
Coordinating Draft
Passage point – a specifically designated place where one unit will pass through a
stationary unit
PB – Patrol Base, the point of origin of a patrol where all equipment not required for the
patrol is left, all supplies necessary for resupplying the patrol and additional medical
supplies and assistance are staged at this location
PDF – Principal Direction of Fire
PL – Phase Line
PLD – Probable Line of Deployment
PMCS – Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services
PSG – platoon sergeant
R&S – Reconnaissance and Security
Raid – a combat operation to attack a position or installation followed by a planned
withdrawal.
Recon – reconnaissance
Release Point – A location on a route where elements are released from centralized
control.
Reorganize – action taken to shift internal resources within a degraded unit to increase its
level of combat effectiveness
ROE – Rules Of Engagement
RP – Release Point, a location on a route where elements are released from centralized
control
RRP – Reentry Rally Point
RTO – Radio Telephone Operator
SALUTE – Size, Activity, Location, Unit, Time, and Equipment; an observation report
Screen – a security operation that primarily provides early warning to the protected force
Secure – preventing a unit, facility, or location from being damaged or destroyed as a
result of enemy action
Seize – taking possession of a designated area using overwhelming force
SNAP - Size/shape, Nature/nomenclature, Activity, Protective/posture
SOI – Signal Operating Instructions
SOP – Standing Operating Procedures, a set of instructions covering those features of
operations which lend themselves to a definite or standardized procedure without
loss of effectiveness. The procedure is applicable unless ordered otherwise
SOSR – Suppress, Obscure, Secure, and Reduce, the steps to breach an obstacle
Suppress – the focus of all fires on enemy personnel, weapons, or equipment to prevent
effective fires on friendly forces
T&E – Traversing and Elevation mechanism
TACSOP – tactical standing operating procedure
TLP – Troop Leading Procedures
Coordinating Draft
Glossary - 5
Coordinating Draft
TRP – Target Reference Point
WP – White Phosphorus
Zone reconnaissance – a form of reconnaissance to obtain detailed information on all
routes, obstacles, terrain, and enemy forces within a zone defined by boundaries
Coordinating Draft
Glossary - 6
Questionnaire and Request for Feedback
This is a coordinating draft of final approved ANA Doctrine. The intent is for units in the
field to use this coordinating draft and provide feedback for the final doctrinal manuals. Be
as specific as possible when providing feedback and let us know how to contact you so we
can clarify any questions we may have regarding your suggestions.
Feel free to respond to any of the questions below or shoot from the hip and let us know
something we have overlooked.
1. Does any of this manual not apply to the ANA Infantry Platoon and Squads?
2. What additional doctrine is needed?
3. What is in the manual that is incorrect and needs changing?
Forward your feedback to braymanfla@yahoo.com or the address below.
Dennis Bray
MPRI
APO, AE 09356
Questionnaire - 1